aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorbrian-ch <brian-ch@b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c>2015-04-03 20:40:27 +0000
committerbrian-ch <brian-ch@b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c>2015-04-03 20:40:27 +0000
commitd3fab250e5da9a9d894d5e4d0c78d3d16b86a8f4 (patch)
tree6067c3f40a2812ddb72e9e11cfc49c45bb103352
parent048978effb98822b400e1331fbaade69d4ecd8cf (diff)
downloadusdx-d3fab250e5da9a9d894d5e4d0c78d3d16b86a8f4.tar.gz
usdx-d3fab250e5da9a9d894d5e4d0c78d3d16b86a8f4.tar.xz
usdx-d3fab250e5da9a9d894d5e4d0c78d3d16b86a8f4.zip
Initial commit of ffmpeg-2.6
git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/trunk@3112 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c
Diffstat
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt20
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ToDo.txt11
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avcodec.pas5958
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avformat.pas2892
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avio.pas634
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avutil.pas353
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ff_api-defines.inc263
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas291
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/buffer.pas290
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/cpu.pas119
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/dict.pas162
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/error.pas166
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/frame.pas834
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/log.pas530
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mathematics.pas144
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mem.pas353
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/opt.pas542
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/pixfmt.pas577
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/samplefmt.pas286
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/rational.pas233
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swresample.pas413
-rw-r--r--src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swscale.pas490
22 files changed, 15561 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae65d477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+how to update the ffmpeg files:
+
+1) buffer.pas
+ cpu.pas
+ dict.pas
+ error.pas
+ frame.pas
+ log.pas
+ mathematics.pas
+ mem.pas
+ opt.pas
+ pixfmt.pas
+ samplefmt.pas
+2) rational.pas
+3) avutil.pas
+4) avcodec.pas
+5) avio.pas
+ swscale.pas
+ swresample.pas
+6) avformat.pas \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ToDo.txt b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ToDo.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44a1a058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ToDo.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+1) avutil.pas
+
+from mem.pas:
+inline function av_x_if_null
+inline function av_size_mult
+
+from log.pas:
+inline function av_log
+inline function av_log_set_callback
+inline function av_log_default_callback
+inline function av_dlog
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avcodec.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avcodec.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1e4aa02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avcodec.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,5958 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavcodec/avcodec.h
+ * version: 56.1.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit avcodec;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI }
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc} (* for ffmpeg defines *)
+{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *)
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ {$linklib libavcodec}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ avutil,
+ rational,
+ SysUtils,
+ {$IFDEF UNIX}
+ BaseUnix,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ UConfig;
+
+const
+ (*
+ * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+ * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+ * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+ * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+ * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+ * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+ * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+ * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+ *
+ * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+ * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+ * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+ * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+ *
+ * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+ * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+ * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+ * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+ * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+ * fix.
+ *)
+
+ (* Supported version by this header *)
+ LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 56;
+ LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 26;
+ LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100;
+ LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 56;
+ LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 26;
+ LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100;
+ LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* Check if linked version is supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION > LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+type
+ // defines for Delphi
+ size_t = cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+type
+ FF_INTERNALC_MEM_TYPE = cuint;
+
+const
+ AV_NOPTS_VALUE: cint64 = $8000000000000000;
+ AV_TIME_BASE = 1000000;
+ AV_TIME_BASE_Q: TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE);
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures.
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities,
+ * allocating core structures, etc.
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
+ * The principle is roughly:
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
+ * 1. no value of a existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
+ * 2. Give it a value which when taken as ASCII is recognized uniquely by a human as this specific codec.
+ * This ensures that 2 forks can independently add AVCodecIDs without producing conflicts.
+ *
+ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
+ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
+ *)
+type
+ TAVCodecID = (
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
+
+ //* video codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
+{$IFDEF FF_API_XVMC}
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC,
+{$IFEND}
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2_DEPRECATED,
+
+(** see below. they need to be hard coded.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX= MKBETAG('B','P','I','X'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'),
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_012V = MKBETAG('0','1','2','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216 = MKBETAG('T','2','1','6'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN = MKBETAG('A','V','R','n'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA = MKBETAG('C','P','I','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE = MKBETAG('X','F','A','C'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE = MKBETAG('S','G','I','R'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1 = MKBETAG('M','V','C','1'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2 = MKBETAG('M','V','C','2'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW = MKBETAG('S','N','O','W'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP = MKBETAG('W','E','B','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG = MKBETAG('S','M','V','J'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC = MKBETAG('H','2','6','5'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H265 = AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7 = MKBETAG('V','P','7','0'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG = MKBETAG('A','P','N','G')
+ *)
+ //* various PCM "codecs" */
+// AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = $10000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
+(** see below. they need to be hard coded.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR = MKBETAG(24,'P','S','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR = MKBETAG(32,'P','S','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR = MKBETAG('P','S','P',16),
+ *)
+
+ //* various ADPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = $11000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA_DEPRECATED,
+(** see below. they need to be hard coded.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = MKBETAG('A','F','C',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI = MKBETAG('O','K','I',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK = MKBETAG('D','T','K',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD = MKBETAG('R','A','D',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE = MKBETAG('6','2','7','G'),
+ *)
+
+ //* AMR */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = $12000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
+
+ //* RealAudio codecs*/
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = $13000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
+
+ //* various DPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = $14000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
+
+ //* audio codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = $15000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, { as found in WAV }
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
+{$IFDEF FF_API_VOXWARE}
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE,
+{$IFEND}
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO_DEPRECATED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
+(** see below. they need to be hard coded.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK = MKBETAG('t','B','a','K'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC = MKBETAG('s','e','v','c'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV = MKBETAG('s','s','m','v'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF = MKBETAG('D','S','D','L'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF = MKBETAG('D','S','D','M'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR = MKBETAG('D','S','D','1'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR = MKBETAG('D','S','D','8'),
+ *)
+
+ //* subtitle codecs */
+// AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = $17000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
+(** see below. they need to be hard coded.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_STL = MKBETAG('S','p','T','L'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1 = MKBETAG('S','b','V','1'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP = MKBETAG('S','R','i','p'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT = MKBETAG('W','V','T','T'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2 = MKBETAG('M','P','L','2'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER = MKBETAG('V','P','l','r'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS = MKBETAG('P','h','J','S'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS = MKBETAG('A','S','S',' '), ///< ASS as defined in Matroska
+ *)
+
+ //* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
+// AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = $18000,
+(** see below. they need to be hard coded.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV = MKBETAG('K','L','V','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV = MKBETAG('D','N','A','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3 = MKBETAG('T','I','D','3'),
+ *)
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = $19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = $20000, (**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) *)
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = $20001, (**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) *)
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = $21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
+
+(** hardcoded codecs from above. pascal needs them to be ordered **)
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M = $0047324D, // MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF = $00494446, // MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF = $004F5446, // MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR = $18505350, // MKBETAG(24,'P','S','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR = $20505350, // MKBETAG(32,'P','S','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_012V = $30313256, // MKBETAG('0','1','2','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR = $30455852, // MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE= $36323747, // MKBETAG('6','2','7','G'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = $41464320, // MKBETAG('A','F','C',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS = $41534B20, // MKBETAG('A','S','S',' '), ///< ASS as defined in Matroska
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP = $41565250, // MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN = $4156526E, // MKBETAG('A','V','R','n'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI = $41565549, // MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV = $41595556, // MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX = $42504958, // MKBETAG('B','P','I','X'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = $42545854, // MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA = $43504941, // MKBETAG('C','P','I','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV = $444E4156, // MKBETAG('D','N','A','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR = $44534431, // MKBETAG('D','S','D','1'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR = $44534438, // MKBETAG('D','S','D','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF = $4453444C, // MKBETAG('D','S','D','L'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF = $4453444D, // MKBETAG('D','S','D','M'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK = $44544B20, // MKBETAG('D','T','K',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = $45313330, // MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = $46465753, // MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = $4A535542, // MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV = $4B4C5641, // MKBETAG('K','L','V','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2 = $4D504C32, // MKBETAG('M','P','L','2'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1 = $4D564331, // MKBETAG('M','V','C','1'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2 = $4D564332, // MKBETAG('M','V','C','2'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI=$4F4B4920, // MKBETAG('O','K','I',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS = $4F505553, // MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = $50414641, // MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = $50414656, // MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR = $50535010, // MKBETAG('P','S','P',16),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS = $50684A53, // MKBETAG('P','h','J','S'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD = $52414420, // MKBETAG('R','A','D',' '),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = $52545854, // MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI = $53414D49, // MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM = $53414E4D, // MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE = $53474952, // MKBETAG('S','G','I','R'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG = $534D564A, // MKBETAG('S','M','V','J'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW = $534E4F57, // MKBETAG('S','N','O','W'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC = $534F4E43, // MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = $534F4E4C, // MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP = $53526970, // MKBETAG('S','R','i','p'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1 = $53625631, // MKBETAG('S','b','V','1'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = $53756256, // MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216 = $54323136, // MKBETAG('T','2','1','6'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3 = $54494433, // MKBETAG('T','I','D','3'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V308 = $56333038, // MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V408 = $56413038, // MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA = $56494D41, // MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = $56494D41, // MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER = $56506C72, // MKBETAG('V','P','l','r'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP = $57454250, // MKBETAG('W','E','B','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT = $57565454, // MKBETAG('W','V','T','T'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN = $5842494E, // MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE = $58464143, // MKBETAG('X','F','A','C'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = $59343150, // MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4 = $59555634, // MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = $63363038, // MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = $6D445644, // MKBETAG('m','D','V','D')
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC = $73657663, // MKBETAG('s','e','v','c'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV = $73736D76, // MKBETAG('s','s','m','v'),
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK = $7442614B // MKBETAG('t','B','a','K'),
+
+ );
+
+type
+ TCodecType = TAVMediaType;
+
+const
+ CODEC_TYPE_UNKNOWN = AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
+ CODEC_TYPE_VIDEO = AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO;
+ CODEC_TYPE_AUDIO = AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO;
+ CODEC_TYPE_DATA = AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA;
+ CODEC_TYPE_SUBTITLE = AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE;
+ CODEC_TYPE_ATTACHMENT = AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT;
+ CODEC_TYPE_NB = AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB;
+
+(**
+ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
+ * AVCodecID.
+ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
+ *)
+type
+ PAVCodecDescriptor = ^TAVCodecDescriptor;
+ TAVCodecDescriptor = record
+ id: TAVCodecID;
+ type_: TAVMediaType;
+ (**
+ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
+ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
+ * characters and '_' only.
+ *)
+ name: PAnsiChar;
+ (**
+ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
+ *)
+ long_name: PAnsiChar;
+ (**
+ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
+ *)
+ props: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
+ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
+ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
+ *)
+ mime_types: PAnsiChar;
+ end;
+
+const
+(**
+ * Codec uses only intra compression.
+ * Video codecs only.
+ *)
+ AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY = 1 << 0;
+(**
+ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
+ * compression modes
+ *)
+ AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY = 1 << 1;
+(**
+ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ *)
+ AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS = 1 << 2;
+(**
+ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
+ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
+ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
+ * equal.
+ *)
+ AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER = 1 << 3;
+(**
+ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
+ *)
+ AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB = 1 << 16;
+(**
+ * Subtitle codec is text based.
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
+ *)
+ AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB = 1 << 17;
+
+(**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ *)
+ FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE = 32;
+
+(**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * minimum encoding buffer size.
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
+ *)
+ FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE = 16384;
+
+type
+(*
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * motion estimation type.
+ *)
+ TMotion_Est_ID = (
+ ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed
+ ME_FULL,
+ ME_LOG,
+ ME_PHODS,
+ ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search
+ ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments
+ ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search
+ ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search
+ ME_ITER = 50, ///< iterative search
+ ME_TESA ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm
+ );
+
+(**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ *)
+ TAVDiscard = (
+ (* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
+ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames).
+ *)
+ AVDISCARD_NONE = -16, ///< discard nothing
+ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
+ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
+ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
+ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48 ///< discard all
+ );
+
+{ removed, kept for the moment
+ TAVColorPrimaries = (
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
+ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+ TAVColorTransferCharacteristic = (
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
+ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt( 10 ) : 1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+(**
+ * X X 3 4 X X are luma samples,
+ * 1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ * X X 5 6 X 0 is undefined/unknown position
+ *)
+ TAVChromaLocation = (
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< DV
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+}
+ TAVAudioServiceType =(
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+(**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ *)
+ PRcOverride = ^TRcOverride;
+ TRcOverride = record {16}
+ start_frame: cint;
+ end_frame: cint;
+ qscale: cint; // if this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead
+ quality_factor: cfloat;
+ end;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES}
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated there is no libavcodec-wide limit on the number of B-frames
+ *)
+const
+ FF_MAX_B_FRAMES = 16;
+
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* encoding support
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
+ Note: Not everything is supported yet.
+*)
+
+(**
+ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned
+ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping).
+ *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED = $0001;
+ CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE = $0002; ///< Use fixed qscale.
+ CODEC_FLAG_4MV = $0004; ///< 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H263.
+ CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT = $0008; ///< Output even those frames that might be corrupted
+ CODEC_FLAG_QPEL = $0010; ///< use qpel MC.
+{$IFDEF FF_API_GMC}
+(**
+ * @deprecated use the "gmc" private option of the libxvid encoder
+ *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_GMC = $0020; ///< use GMC.
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MV0}
+(**
+ * @deprecated use the flag "mv0" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the
+ * mpegvideo encoders
+ *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_MV0 = $0040; ///< always try a MB with MV=<0,0>.
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFDEF FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED}
+(**
+ * @deprecated passing reference-counted frames to the encoders replaces this
+ * flag
+ *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED = $0100;
+{$IFEND}
+ CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 = $0200; ///< use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode
+ CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 = $0400; ///< use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode
+ CODEC_FLAG_GRAY = $2000; ///< only decode/encode grayscale
+{$IFDEF FF_API_EMU_EDGE}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated edges are not used/required anymore. I.e. this flag is now always
+ * set.
+ *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE = $4000; ///< don't draw edges
+{$IFEND}
+ CODEC_FLAG_PSNR = $8000; ///< error[?] variables will be set during encoding
+ CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED = $00010000; //** input bitstream might be truncated at a random
+ // location instead of only at frame boundaries */
+{$IFDEF FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP}
+(**
+ * @deprecated use the flag "naq" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the
+ * mpegvideo encoders
+ *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP = $00020000; ///< normalize adaptive quantization
+{$IFEND}
+ CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT = $00040000; ///< use interlaced dct
+ CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY = $00080000; ///< force low delay
+ CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER = $00400000; ///< place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe
+ CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT = $00800000; ///< use only bitexact stuff (except (i)dct)
+ (* Fx : Flag for h263+ extra options *)
+ CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED = $01000000; ///< H263 Advanced intra coding / MPEG4 AC prediction
+ CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER = $00000800; ///< loop filter
+ CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME = $20000000; ///< interlaced motion estimation
+ CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP = $80000000;
+ CODEC_FLAG2_FAST = $00000001; ///< allow non spec compliant speedup tricks
+ CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT = $00000004; ///< skip bitstream encoding
+ CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER = $00000008; ///< place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata
+ CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE = $00002000; ///< timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!!
+ CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP = $00010000; ///< Discard cropping information from SPS.
+
+ CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS = $00008000; ///< Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL = $00400000; ///< Show all frames before the first keyframe
+ CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS = $10000000; ///< Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL = $20000000; ///< Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data
+
+(* Unsupported options :
+ * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC)
+ * Reference Picture Selection
+ * Independant Segment Decoding *)
+(* /Fx *)
+(* codec capabilities *)
+
+ CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND = $0001; ///< decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback
+
+(**
+ * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators.
+ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that
+ * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_DR1 = $0002;
+ CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED = $0008;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_XVMC}
+(* Codec can export data for HW decoding. This flag indicates that
+ * the codec would call get_format() with list that might contain HW accelerated
+ * pixel formats (XvMC, VDPAU, VAAPI, etc). The application can pick any of them
+ * including raw image format.
+ * The application can use the passed context to determine bitstream version,
+ * chroma format, resolution etc.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL = $0010;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
+ * give the complete and correct output.
+ *
+ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
+ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
+ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
+ * unless this flag is set.
+ *
+ * Decoders:
+ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
+ * returns frames.
+ *
+ * Encoders:
+ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
+ * encoder no longer returns data.
+ *
+ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
+ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
+ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
+ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_DELAY = $0020;
+
+(**
+ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
+ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME = $0040;
+
+(**
+ * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU).
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU = $0080;
+
+(**
+ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
+ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
+ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
+ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
+ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
+ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus
+ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
+ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
+ * as a last resort.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES = $0100;
+
+(**
+ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * encoders
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL = $0200;
+
+(**
+ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF = $0400;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES}
+(**
+ * @deprecated no codecs use this capability
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES = $0800;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS = $1000;
+
+(**
+ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS = $2000;
+
+(**
+ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE = $4000;
+
+(**
+ * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto).
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS = $8000;
+
+(**
+ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE = $10000;
+
+(**
+ * Codec is lossless.
+ *)
+ CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS = $80000000;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MB_TYPE}
+ //the following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them
+ MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 = $001;
+ MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 = $002; //FIXME h264 specific
+ MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM = $004; //FIXME h264 specific
+ MB_TYPE_16x16 = $008;
+ MB_TYPE_16x8 = $010;
+ MB_TYPE_8x16 = $020;
+ MB_TYPE_8x8 = $040;
+ MB_TYPE_INTERLACED = $080;
+ MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 = $100; //FIXME
+ MB_TYPE_ACPRED = $200;
+ MB_TYPE_GMC = $400;
+ MB_TYPE_SKIP = $800;
+ MB_TYPE_P0L0 = $1000;
+ MB_TYPE_P1L0 = $2000;
+ MB_TYPE_P0L1 = $4000;
+ MB_TYPE_P1L1 = $8000;
+ MB_TYPE_L0 = (MB_TYPE_P0L0 or MB_TYPE_P1L0);
+ MB_TYPE_L1 = (MB_TYPE_P0L1 or MB_TYPE_P1L1);
+ MB_TYPE_L0L1 = (MB_TYPE_L0 or MB_TYPE_L1);
+ MB_TYPE_QUANT = $0010000;
+ MB_TYPE_CBP = $0020000;
+ //Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (h264 ref0, mpeg1 0mv, ...)
+{$IFEND}
+
+(** Note: AVPanScan is now (28/09/2014) defined in libavutil/frame.pas to workaround a reference problem *)
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE}
+ FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 = 0;
+ FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 = 1;
+ FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 = 2;
+ FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 = 3;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BUFFER}
+ FF_BUFFER_TYPE_INTERNAL = 1;
+ FF_BUFFER_TYPE_USER = 2; ///< Direct rendering buffers (image is (de)allocated by user)
+ FF_BUFFER_TYPE_SHARED = 4; ///< buffer from somewhere else, don't dealloc image (data/base), all other tables are not shared
+ FF_BUFFER_TYPE_COPY = 8; ///< just a (modified) copy of some other buffer, don't dealloc anything.
+
+ FF_BUFFER_HINTS_VALID = $01; // Buffer hints value is meaningful (if 0 ignore)
+ FF_BUFFER_HINTS_READABLE = $02; // Codec will read from buffer
+ FF_BUFFER_HINTS_PRESERVE = $04; // User must not alter buffer content
+ FF_BUFFER_HINTS_REUSABLE = $08; // Codec will reuse the buffer (update)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later.
+ *)
+ AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF = 1 << 0;
+
+ FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT = -1;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED}
+ FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED = 15;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID = 1;
+
+ FF_PRED_LEFT = 0;
+ FF_PRED_PLANE = 1;
+ FF_PRED_MEDIAN = 2;
+
+ FF_CMP_SAD = 0;
+ FF_CMP_SSE = 1;
+ FF_CMP_SATD = 2;
+ FF_CMP_DCT = 3;
+ FF_CMP_PSNR = 4;
+ FF_CMP_BIT = 5;
+ FF_CMP_RD = 6;
+ FF_CMP_ZERO = 7;
+ FF_CMP_VSAD = 8;
+ FF_CMP_VSSE = 9;
+ FF_CMP_NSSE = 10;
+ FF_CMP_W53 = 11;
+ FF_CMP_W97 = 12;
+ FF_CMP_DCTMAX = 13;
+ FF_CMP_DCT264 = 14;
+ FF_CMP_CHROMA = 256;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AFD}
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ FF_DTG_AFD_SAME = 8;
+ FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 = 9;
+ FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 = 10;
+ FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 = 11;
+ FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13;
+ FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14;
+ FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15;
+{$IFEND}
+
+ FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS = 999999;
+
+ SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER = $0001; ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
+ SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD = $0002; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG2 field pics)
+ SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE = $0004; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
+
+ FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE = 0; ///< uses mb_cmp
+ FF_MB_DECISION_BITS = 1; ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
+ FF_MB_DECISION_RD = 2; ///< rate distortion
+
+ FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC = 0;
+ FF_CODER_TYPE_AC = 1;
+ FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW = 2;
+ FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE = 3;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS}
+ FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE = 4;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ FF_BUG_AUTODETECT = 1; ///< autodetection
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4}
+ FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 = 2;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE = 4;
+ FF_BUG_UMP4 = 8;
+ FF_BUG_NO_PADDING = 16;
+ FF_BUG_AMV = 32;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AC_VLC}
+ FF_BUG_AC_VLC = 0; ///< will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non compliant files by default
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA = 64;
+ FF_BUG_STD_QPEL = 128;
+ FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 = 256;
+ FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE = 512;
+ FF_BUG_EDGE = 1024;
+ FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA = 2048;
+ FF_BUG_DC_CLIP = 4096;
+ FF_BUG_MS = 8192; ///< workaround various bugs in microsofts broken decoders
+ FF_BUG_TRUNCATED = 16384;
+
+ FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT = 2; ///< strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software
+ FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT = 1; ///< strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences
+ FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL = 0;
+ FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL = -1; ///< Allow unofficial extensions
+ FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL = -2; ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
+
+ FF_EC_GUESS_MVS = 1;
+ FF_EC_DEBLOCK = 2;
+ FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER = 256;
+
+ FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO = 1;
+ FF_DEBUG_RC = 2;
+ FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM = 4;
+ FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE = 8;
+ FF_DEBUG_QP = 16;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV}
+(**
+ * @deprecated this option does nothing
+ *)
+ FF_DEBUG_MV = 32;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF = $00000040;
+ FF_DEBUG_SKIP = $00000080;
+ FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE = $00000100;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS}
+ FF_DEBUG_PTS = $00000200;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_DEBUG_ER = $00000400;
+ FF_DEBUG_MMCO = $00000800;
+ FF_DEBUG_BUGS = $00001000;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV}
+ FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP = $00002000; ///< only access through AVOptions from outside libavcodec
+ FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE = $00004000; ///< only access through AVOptions from outside libavcodec
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS = $00008000;
+ FF_DEBUG_THREADS = $00010000;
+ FF_DEBUG_NOMC = $01000000;
+
+ FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR = $00000001; //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames
+ FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR = $00000002; //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames
+ FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK = $00000004; //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames
+
+(**
+ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
+ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch.
+ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
+ * decoder returning an error.
+ *)
+ AV_EF_CRCCHECK = 1;
+ AV_EF_BITSTREAM = 2; ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
+ AV_EF_BUFFER = 4; ///< detect improper bitstream length
+ AV_EF_EXPLODE = 8; ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
+
+ AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR = 32768; ///< ignore errors and continue
+ AV_EF_CAREFUL = 65536; ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
+ AV_EF_COMPLIANT = 131072; ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
+ AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE = 262144; ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error
+
+ FF_DCT_AUTO = 0;
+ FF_DCT_FASTINT = 1;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS}
+ FF_DCT_INT = 2;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_DCT_MMX = 3;
+ FF_DCT_MLIB = 4;
+ FF_DCT_ALTIVEC = 5;
+ FF_DCT_FAAN = 6;
+
+ FF_IDCT_AUTO = 0;
+ FF_IDCT_INT = 1;
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLE = 2;
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX = 3;
+ FF_IDCT_ARM = 7;
+ FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC = 8;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_ARCH_SH4}
+ FF_IDCT_SH4 = 9;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM = 10;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS}
+ FF_IDCT_IPP = 13;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_IDCT_XVID = 14;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX}
+ FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX = 14;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE= 16;
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 = 17;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_ARCH_SPARC}
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS = 18;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_IDCT_FAAN = 20;
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON = 22;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA}
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA = 23;
+{$ENDIF}
+ FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO = 128;
+
+ FF_THREAD_FRAME = 1; ///< Decode more than one frame at once
+ FF_THREAD_SLICE = 2; ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once
+
+ FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN = -99;
+ FF_PROFILE_RESERVED = -100;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN = 0;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW = 1;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR = 2;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP = 3;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE = 4;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 = 28;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD = 22;
+ FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD = 38;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW = 128;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE = 131;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_DTS = 20;
+ FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES = 30;
+ FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 = 40;
+ FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA = 50;
+ FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA = 60;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 = 0;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH = 1;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS = 2;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE = 3;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN = 4;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE= 5;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED = (1 shl 9); // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA = (1 shl 11); // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
+
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE = 66;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE = (66 or FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED);
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN = 77;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED = 88;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH = 100;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 = 110;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA = (110 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA);
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 = 122;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA = (122 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA);
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 = 144;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE = 244;
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA = (244 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA);
+ FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 = 44;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE = 0;
+ FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN = 1;
+ FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX = 2;
+ FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED = 3;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE = 0;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE = 1;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE = 2;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN = 3;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT = 4;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE = 5;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION = 6;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE = 7;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID = 8;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME = 9;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE = 10;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING = 11;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE = 12;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE = 13;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO = 14;
+ FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE = 15;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 = 0;
+ FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 = 1;
+ FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION = 2;
+ FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K = 3;
+ FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K = 4;
+
+ FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN = 1;
+ FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 = 2;
+ FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE = 3;
+ FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT = 4;
+
+ FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN = -99;
+
+type
+ TAVPacketSideDataType = (
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
+
+ (**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le param_flags
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+ * s32le channel_count
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
+ * u64le channel_layout
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
+ * s32le sample_rate
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
+ * s32le width
+ * s32le height
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
+
+ (**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
+ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
+ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
+ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
+ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
+ * than the target payload size.
+ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
+ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
+ * u8 GOB number
+ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
+
+ (**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
+ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ *9
+ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+
+ (**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
+ * correct presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+
+ (**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
+ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
+
+ (**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70,
+
+ (**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
+ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
+ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
+ * @code
+ * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
+
+ (**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
+
+ (**
+ * Subtitle event position
+ * @code
+ * u32le x1
+ * u32le y1
+ * u32le x2
+ * u32le y2
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
+
+ (**
+ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
+ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
+ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
+ * by data.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
+
+ (**
+ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
+
+ (**
+ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
+ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
+
+ (**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
+ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
+ *)
+ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE
+ );
+
+ PAVPacketSideData = ^TAVPacketSideData;
+ TAVPacketSideData = record
+ data: PByte;
+ size: cint;
+ type_: TAVPacketSideDataType;
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
+ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
+ * then passed to muxers.
+ *
+ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
+ * contain several compressed frames.
+ *
+ * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public
+ * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it
+ * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump.
+ *
+ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf or destruct (deprecated)
+ * fields. If either is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
+ * valid indefinitely until av_free_packet() is called (which in turn calls
+ * av_buffer_unref()/the destruct callback to free the data). If neither is set,
+ * the packet data is typically backed by some static buffer somewhere and is
+ * only valid for a limited time (e.g. until the next read call when demuxing).
+ *
+ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc() and is freed in
+ * av_free_packet().
+ *)
+ PAVPacket = ^TAVPacket;
+ TAVPacket = record
+ (**
+ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
+ * stored.
+ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
+ *)
+ buf: PAVBufferRef;
+ (*
+ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
+ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+ *)
+ pts: cint64;
+ (*
+ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the packet is decompressed.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ *)
+ dts: cint64;
+ data: PByteArray;
+ size: cint;
+ stream_index: cint;
+ (**
+ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
+ *)
+ flags: cint;
+ (**
+ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
+ * Packet can contain several types of side information.
+ *)
+ side_data: PAVPacketSideData;
+ side_data_elems: cint;
+ (*
+ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+ *)
+ duration: cint;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET}
+ destruct: procedure (para1: PAVPacket); cdecl;
+ priv: pointer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ pos: cint64; // byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+ (*
+ * Time difference in AVStream->time_base units from the pts of this
+ * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged
+ * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the
+ * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from
+ * the very first frame or from this keyframe.
+ * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown.
+ * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY
+ * set.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no
+ * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the
+ * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also
+ * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all
+ * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking.
+ *)
+ convergence_duration: cint64;
+ end; {TAVPacket}
+
+const
+ AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY = $0001; ///< The packet contains a keyframe
+ AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT = $0002; ///< The packet content is corrupted
+
+ AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS = 8;
+
+type
+ AVSideDataParamChangeFlags = (
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = $0001,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = $0002,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = $0004,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = $0008
+ );
+
+{ This is removed in avcodec.h. For the time being (2013) only commented
+const
+ FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM = 1;
+ FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE = 2;
+}
+
+
+{ This is removed in avcodec.h. For the time being (2013) only commented
+(**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using avcodec_alloc_frame() and freed with
+ * avcodec_free_frame(). Note that this allocates only the AVFrame itself. The
+ * buffers for the data must be managed through other means.
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, avcodec_get_frame_defaults() should be used to
+ * reset the frame to its original clean state before it is reused again.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
+ * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
+ * without breaking compatibility with each other.
+ *)
+ PAVFrame = ^TAVFrame;
+ TAVFrame = record
+ (**
+ * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+ * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ *)
+ data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte;
+
+ (**
+ * Size, in bytes, of the data for each picture/channel plane.
+ *
+ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+ * plane must be the same size.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ *)
+ linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint;
+
+ (**
+ * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+ *
+ * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+ *
+ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+ *
+ * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(),
+ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+ * extended_data must be used by the decoder in order to access all
+ * channels.
+ *
+ * encoding: set by user
+ * decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ *)
+ extended_data: pointer of pbyte;
+
+ (**
+ * width and height of the video frame
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ width, height: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ nb_samples: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ format: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ key_frame: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Picture type of the frame, see ?_TYPE below.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input).
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ pict_type: TAVPictureType;
+
+ (**
+ * pointer to the first allocated byte of the picture. Can be used in get_buffer/release_buffer.
+ * This isn't used by libavcodec unless the default get/release_buffer() is used.
+ * - encoding:
+ * - decoding:
+ *)
+ base: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte;
+
+ (**
+ * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user)
+ * If AV_NOPTS_VALUE then frame_rate = 1/time_base will be assumed.
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ pts: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * pts copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_pts: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * dts copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_dts: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * picture number in bitstream order
+ * - encoding: set by
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ coded_picture_number: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * picture number in display order
+ * - encoding: set by
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ display_picture_number: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input).
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ quality: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * is this picture used as reference
+ * The values for this are the same as the MpegEncContext.picture_structure
+ * variable, that is 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame/both fields.
+ * Set to 4 for delayed, non-reference frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)).
+ *)
+ reference: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * QP table
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ qscale_table: PShortint;
+
+ (**
+ * QP store stride
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ qstride: cint;
+
+ (**
+ *
+ *)
+ qscale_type: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change
+ * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ mbskip_table: pbyte;
+
+ (**
+ * motion vector table
+ * @code
+ * example:
+ * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2;
+ * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4;
+ * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1;
+ * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y];
+ * @endcode
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ //int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2];
+ motion_val: array [0..1] of pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * macroblock type table
+ * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ mb_type: PCuint;
+
+ (**
+ * DCT coefficients
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ dct_coeff: PsmallInt;
+
+ (**
+ * motion reference frame index
+ * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ ref_index: array [0..1] of PShortint;
+
+ (**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ opaque: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * error
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * type of the buffer (to keep track of who has to deallocate data[*])
+ * - encoding: Set by the one who allocates it.
+ * - decoding: Set by the one who allocates it.
+ * Note: User allocated (direct rendering) & internal buffers cannot coexist currently.
+ *)
+ type_: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ repeat_pict: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0)
+ *)
+ interlaced_frame: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ top_field_first: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+ * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet)
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0).
+ *)
+ palette_has_changed: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * codec suggestion on buffer type if != 0
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)).
+ *)
+ buffer_hints: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Pan scan.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ pan_scan: PAVPanScan;
+
+ (**
+ * reordered opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) from AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+ * PTS but can be anything).
+ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+ * that time,
+ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+ * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ reordered_opaque: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * hardware accelerator private data (FFmpeg allocated)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ hwaccel_picture_private: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * the AVCodecContext which ff_thread_get_buffer() was last called on
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ owner: PAVCodecContext;
+
+ (**
+ * used by multithreading to store frame-specific info
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ thread_opaque: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents:
+ * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ motion_subsample_log2: cuint8;
+
+ (**
+ * Sample rate of the audio data.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: read by user
+ *)
+ sample_rate: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Channel layout of the audio data.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: read by user.
+ *)
+ channel_layout: cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ *)
+ best_effort_timestamp: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_pos: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_duration: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * metadata.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ metadata: PAVDictionary;
+
+ (**
+ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+ * were errors during the decoding.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ *)
+ decode_error_flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_channels(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ channels: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+ * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
+ * av_frame_set_pkt_size().
+ * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_size: cint;
+ end; (** TAVFrame **)
+
+(**
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
+ * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
+ * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec.
+ *)
+function av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_channels (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_channels (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_sample_rate (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_sample_rate (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_metadata (frame: {const PAVFrame): PAVDictionary;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_metadata (frame: PAVFrame; val: PAVDictionary);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_pkt_size(frame: {const PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_pkt_size(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+}
+
+type
+ TAVCodecInternal = record
+ end;
+
+ PAVCodecInternal = ^TAVCodecInternal;
+ PAVCodecContext = ^TAVCodecContext;
+
+ PAVClass = ^TAVClass;
+
+ PPAVCodec = ^PAVCodec;
+ PAVCodec = ^TAVCodec;
+
+ PAVHWAccel = ^TAVHWAccel;
+
+ // int[4]
+ PAVNDPArray = ^TAVNDPArray;
+ TAVNDPArray = array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint;
+ // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg)
+ TExecuteFunc = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+ // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr)
+ TExecute2Func = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer; jobnr: cint; threadnr: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ TAVFieldOrder = (
+ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
+ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
+ AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BT //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
+ );
+
+(**
+ * main external API structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * Please use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user
+ * applications.
+ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *)
+ TAVCodecContext = record {720}
+ (**
+ * information on struct for av_log
+ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3
+ *)
+ av_class: PAVClass;
+ log_level_offset: cint;
+
+ codec_type: TAVMediaType; (* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx *)
+ codec: PAVCodec;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_CODEC_NAME}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field is not used for anything in libavcodec
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ codec_name: array [0..31] of AnsiChar;
+{$IFEND}
+ codec_id: TAVCodecID; (* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx *)
+
+ (**
+ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
+ * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
+ * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
+ * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should
+ * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
+ * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
+ * first.
+ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+ *)
+ codec_tag: cuint;
+
+ (**
+ * fourcc from the AVI stream header (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+ *)
+ stream_codec_tag: cuint;
+
+ priv_data: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * Private context used for internal data.
+ *
+ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general
+ * libavcodec functions.
+ *)
+ internal: PAVCodecInternal;
+
+ (**
+ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ opaque: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * the average bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. 0 or some bitrate if this info is available in the stream.
+ *)
+ bit_rate: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
+ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ bit_rate_tolerance: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
+ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ global_quality: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ compression_level: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * CODEC_FLAG_*.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * CODEC_FLAG2_*
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ flags2: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
+ * mjpeg: Huffman tables
+ * rv10: additional flags
+ * mpeg4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
+ * The allocated memory should be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
+ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
+ * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
+ *)
+ extradata: pbyte;
+ extradata_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
+ * identically 1.
+ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate
+ * for video.
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated.
+ * Use framerate instead.
+ *)
+ time_base: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
+ * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
+ * if no telecine is used ...
+ *
+ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
+ *)
+ ticks_per_frame: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Codec delay.
+ *
+ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to
+ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec)
+ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder
+ * as specified in the spec would produce.
+ *
+ * Video:
+ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the
+ * encoded input.
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding).
+ *
+ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to
+ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should
+ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ delay: cint;
+
+ (* video only *)
+ (**
+ * picture width / height.
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g.
+ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions
+ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required.
+ *)
+ width, height: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when
+ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known
+ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required.
+ *)
+ coded_width, coded_height: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ gop_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
+ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec if known
+ *)
+ pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+
+ (**
+ * Motion estimation algorithm used for video coding.
+ * 1 (zero), 2 (full), 3 (log), 4 (phods), 5 (epzs), 6 (x1), 7 (hex),
+ * 8 (umh), 9 (iter), 10 (tesa) [7, 8, 10 are x264 specific, 9 is snow specific]
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_method: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
+ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
+ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
+ * beforehand.
+ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
+ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
+ * the data needed for hardware render.
+ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
+ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
+ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
+ * or mark state.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @param height the height of the slice
+ * @param y the y position of the slice
+ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
+ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
+ *)
+ draw_horiz_band: procedure (s: PAVCodecContext;
+ src: {const} PAVFrame; offset: PAVNDPArray;
+ y: cint; type_: cint; height: cint); cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat
+ * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec,
+ * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality.
+ * The first is always the native one.
+ * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for
+ * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed.
+ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not
+ * in the fmt list of formats.
+ * @return the chosen format
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen.
+ *)
+ get_format: function (s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
+ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ max_b_frames: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ b_quant_factor: cfloat;
+
+ (** obsolete FIXME remove *)
+ rc_strategy: cint;
+
+ b_frame_strategy: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ b_quant_offset: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
+ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ has_b_frames: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * 0-> h263 quant 1-> mpeg quant
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ mpeg_quant: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * qscale factor between P and I-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last p frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ i_quant_factor: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * qscale offset between P and I-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ i_quant_offset: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ lumi_masking: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ temporal_cplx_masking: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ spatial_cplx_masking: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * p block masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ p_masking: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ dark_masking: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * slice count
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
+ *)
+ slice_count: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * prediction method (needed for huffyuv)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ prediction_method: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
+ *)
+ slice_offset: PCint;
+
+ (**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
+ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_cmp: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_sub_cmp: cint;
+ (**
+ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ mb_cmp: cint;
+ (**
+ * interlaced DCT comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ ildct_cmp: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * ME diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ dia_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ last_predictor_count: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * prepass for motion estimation
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ pre_me: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * motion estimation prepass comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_pre_cmp: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * ME prepass diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ pre_dia_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * subpel ME quality
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_subpel_quality: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AFD}
+ (**
+ * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio
+ * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams)
+ * 0 if not set.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by decoder.
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of AVSideData
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ dtg_active_format: cint;
+{$IFEND}
+
+ (**
+ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
+ * If 0 then no limit.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_range: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * intra quantizer bias
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ intra_quant_bias: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * inter quantizer bias
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ inter_quant_bias: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * slice flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ slice_flags: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_XVMC}
+ (**
+ * XVideo Motion Acceleration
+ * - encoding: forbidden
+ * - decoding: set by decoder
+ * @deprecated XvMC doesn't need it anymore.
+ *)
+ xvmc_acceleration: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * macroblock decision mode
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ mb_decision: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ intra_matrix: PWord;
+
+ (**
+ * custom inter quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ inter_matrix: PWord;
+
+ (**
+ * scene change detection threshold
+ * 0 is default, larger means fewer detected scene changes.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ scenechange_threshold: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * noise reduction strength
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ noise_reduction: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field is unused
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ me_threshold: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field is unused
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ mb_threshold: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**
+ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ intra_dc_precision: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ skip_top: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ skip_bottom: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ border_masking: cfloat;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**
+ * minimum MB lagrange multipler
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ mb_lmin: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * maximum MB lagrange multipler
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ mb_lmax: cint;
+
+ (**
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ me_penalty_compensation: cint;
+
+ (**
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ bidir_refine: cint;
+
+ (**
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ brd_scale: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * minimum GOP size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ keyint_min: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of reference frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by lavc.
+ *)
+ refs: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * chroma qp offset from luma
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ chromaoffset: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS}
+ (**
+ * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ scenechange_factor: cint; {attribute_deprecated}
+{$IFEND}
+
+ (**
+ *
+ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ mv0_threshold: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Adjust sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ b_sensitivity: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries;
+
+ (**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic;
+
+ (**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ colorspace: TAVColorSpace;
+
+ (**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ color_range: TAVColorRange;
+
+ (**
+ * This defines the location of chroma samples.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ chroma_sample_location: TAVChromaLocation;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of slices.
+ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized
+ * decoding.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ slices: cint;
+
+ (** Field order
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ field_order: TAVFieldOrder;
+
+ (* audio only *)
+ sample_rate: cint; ///< samples per second
+ channels: cint; ///< number of audio channels
+
+ (**
+ * audio sample format
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; ///< sample format
+
+ (* The following data should not be initialized. *)
+ (**
+ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame.
+ *
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame
+ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
+ * May be 0 when the codec has CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the
+ * frame size is not restricted.
+ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size
+ *)
+ frame_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
+ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
+ *
+ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
+ * an error.
+ *)
+ frame_number: cint; ///< audio or video frame number
+
+ (**
+ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
+ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
+ *)
+ block_align: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ cutoff: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS}
+ (**
+ * Decoder should decode to this many channels if it can (0 for default)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of request_channel_layout.
+ *)
+ request_channels: cint; {deprecated}
+{$IFEND}
+
+ (**
+ * Audio channel layout.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ channel_layout: cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ request_channel_layout: cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ audio_service_type: TAVAudioServiceType;
+
+ (**
+ * desired sample format
+ * - encoding: Not used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can.
+ *)
+ request_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BUFFER}
+ (**
+ * Called at the beginning of each frame to get a buffer for it.
+ *
+ * The function will set AVFrame.data[], AVFrame.linesize[].
+ * AVFrame.extended_data[] must also be set, but it should be the same as
+ * AVFrame.data[] except for planar audio with more channels than can fit
+ * in AVFrame.data[]. In that case, AVFrame.data[] shall still contain as
+ * many data pointers as it can hold.
+ *
+ * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * AVFrame.data[] should be 32- or 16-byte-aligned unless the CPU doesn't
+ * need it. avcodec_default_get_buffer() aligns the output buffer properly,
+ * but if get_buffer() is overridden then alignment considerations should
+ * be taken into account.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer()
+ *
+ * Video:
+ *
+ * If pic.reference is set then the frame will be read later by libavcodec.
+ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+ *
+ * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set,
+ * it may be called from a different thread, but not from more than one at
+ * once. Does not need to be reentrant.
+ *
+ * @see release_buffer(), reget_buffer()
+ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ *
+ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
+ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer(). The decoder may,
+ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
+ * to a smaller value in the output frame.
+ *
+ * Decoders cannot use the buffer after returning from
+ * avcodec_decode_audio4(), so they will not call release_buffer(), as it
+ * is assumed to be released immediately upon return. In some rare cases,
+ * a decoder may need to call get_buffer() more than once in a single
+ * call to avcodec_decode_audio4(). In that case, when get_buffer() is
+ * called again after it has already been called once, the previously
+ * acquired buffer is assumed to be released at that time and may not be
+ * reused by the decoder.
+ *
+ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
+ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer()
+ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
+ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
+ * since all planes must be the same size.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use get_buffer2()
+ *)
+ get_buffer: function (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; {deprecated;}
+
+ (**
+ * Called to release buffers which were allocated with get_buffer.
+ * A released buffer can be reused in get_buffer().
+ * pic.data[*] must be set to NULL.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ *
+ * @deprecated custom freeing callbacks should be set from get_buffer2()
+ *)
+ release_buffer: procedure (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame); cdecl; {deprecated;}
+
+ (**
+ * Called at the beginning of a frame to get cr buffer for it.
+ * Buffer type (size, hints) must be the same. libavcodec won't check it.
+ * libavcodec will pass previous buffer in pic, function should return
+ * same buffer or new buffer with old frame "painted" into it.
+ * If pic.data[0] == NULL must behave like get_buffer().
+ * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then reget_buffer() must call
+ * avcodec_default_reget_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override
+ *)
+ reget_buffer: function (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; {deprecated;}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data
+ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or
+ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What
+ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary.
+ * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description
+ * of buf[] below).
+ *
+ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is
+ * called:
+ * - format
+ * - width, height (video only)
+ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only)
+ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in
+ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec
+ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size.
+ *
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame:
+ * - data[]
+ * - linesize[]
+ * - extended_data:
+ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this
+ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers
+ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can.
+ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ * * otherwise exended_data must point to data
+ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of
+ * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That
+ * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one
+ * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+ * and av_buffer_ref().
+ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by
+ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more
+ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ *
+ * If CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target
+ * CPU.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2()
+ *
+ * Video:
+ *
+ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+ *
+ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames.
+ *
+ * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set,
+ * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more
+ * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ *
+ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
+ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may,
+ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
+ * to a smaller value in the output frame.
+ *
+ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
+ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2()
+ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
+ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
+ * since all planes must be the same size.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ *)
+ get_buffer2: function (s: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from
+ * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted
+ * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with
+ * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore.
+ * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are
+ * only valid until the next decode call.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2().
+ *)
+ refcounted_frames: cint;
+
+ (* - encoding parameters *)
+ qcompress: cfloat; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
+ qblur: cfloat; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
+
+ (**
+ * minimum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ qmin: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * maximum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ qmax: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * maximum quantizer difference between frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ max_qdiff: cint;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ rc_qsquish: cfloat;
+
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ rc_qmod_amp: cfloat;
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ rc_qmod_freq: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**
+ * decoder bitstream buffer size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ rc_buffer_size: cint;
+ (**
+ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ rc_override_count: cint;
+ rc_override: PRcOverride;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ rc_eq: {const} PAnsiChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**
+ * maximum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ rc_max_rate: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * minimum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ rc_min_rate: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ rc_buffer_aggressivity: cfloat;
+
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ rc_initial_cplx: cfloat;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ *)
+ rc_max_available_vbv_use: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ *)
+ rc_min_vbv_overflow_use: cfloat;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ rc_initial_buffer_occupancy: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * coder type
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ coder_type: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * context model
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ context_model: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ lmin: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ *)
+ {attribute_deprecated}
+ lmax: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**
+ * frame skip threshold
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ frame_skip_threshold: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * frame skip factor
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ frame_skip_factor: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * frame skip exponent
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ frame_skip_exp: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * frame skip comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ frame_skip_cmp: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * trellis RD quantization
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ trellis: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ min_prediction_order: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ max_prediction_order: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * GOP timecode frame start number, in non drop frame format
+ * - encoding: Set by user, in non drop frame format
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec (timecode in the 25 bits format, -1 if unset)
+ *)
+ timecode_frame_start: cint64;
+
+ (* The RTP callback: This function is called *)
+ (* every time the encoder has a packet to send *)
+ (* Depends on the encoder if the data starts *)
+ (* with a Start Code (it should) H.263 does. *)
+ (* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks *)
+ (* encoded in the RTP payload *)
+ rtp_callback: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext; data: pointer;
+ size: cint; mb_nb: cint); cdecl;
+
+ rtp_payload_size: cint; (* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will *)
+ (* do it's best to deliver a chunk with size *)
+ (* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start *)
+ (* with a start code on some codecs like H.263 *)
+ (* This doesn't take account of any particular *)
+ (* headers inside the transmited RTP payload *)
+
+ (* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding *)
+ mv_bits: cint;
+ header_bits: cint;
+ i_tex_bits: cint;
+ p_tex_bits: cint;
+ i_count: cint;
+ p_count: cint;
+ skip_count: cint;
+ misc_bits: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of bits used for the previously encoded frame
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ frame_bits: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ stats_out: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
+ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ stats_in: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ *)
+ workaround_bugs: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG4, ...).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
+ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
+ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
+ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
+ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
+ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
+ * (=strictly conform to the specs)
+ *)
+ strict_std_compliance: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * error concealment flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ error_concealment: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * debug
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ debug: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV}
+ (**
+ * debug
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ debug_mv: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ err_recognition: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
+ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ reordered_opaque: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Hardware accelerator in use
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ hwaccel: PAVHWAccel;
+
+ (**
+ * Hardware accelerator context.
+ * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be
+ * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent
+ * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the
+ * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this
+ * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ *)
+ hwaccel_context: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * error
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ dct_algo: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ idct_algo: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ bits_per_coded_sample: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ bits_per_raw_sample: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_LOWRES}
+ (**
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_codec_{get,set}_lowres(avctx)
+ *)
+ lowres: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * the picture in the bitstream
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ coded_frame: PAVFrame;
+
+ (**
+ * thread count
+ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ thread_count: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Which multithreading methods to use.
+ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread,
+ * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ *)
+ thread_type: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ active_thread_type: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called
+ * from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding.
+ * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting.
+ * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ thread_safe_callbacks: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ *)
+ execute: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; ret: PCint; count: cint; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option.
+ * @param c context passed also to func
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
+ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
+ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
+ * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
+ * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
+ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
+ * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ *)
+ execute2: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecute2Func; arg2: Pointer; ret: Pcint; count: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_THREAD_OPAQUE}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field should not be used from outside of lavc
+ *)
+ thread_opaque: pointer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ nsse_weight: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * profile
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ profile: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * level
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ level: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ skip_loop_filter: TAVDiscard;
+
+ (**
+ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ skip_idct: TAVDiscard;
+
+ (**
+ * Skip decoding for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ skip_frame: TAVDiscard;
+
+ (**
+ * Header containing style information for text subtitles.
+ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS
+ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and
+ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2())
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2())
+ *)
+ subtitle_header: Pcuint8;
+ subtitle_header_size: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_ERROR_RATE}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated use the 'error_rate' private AVOption of the mpegvideo
+ * encoders
+ *)
+ error_rate: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_CODEC_PKT}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field is not supposed to be accessed from outside lavc
+ *)
+ pkt: PAVPacket;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock).
+ * Used for compliant TS muxing.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ *)
+ vbv_delay: cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Encoding only. Allow encoders to output packets that do not contain any
+ * encoded data, only side data.
+ *
+ * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream
+ * parameters at the end of encoding.
+ *
+ * All callers are strongly recommended to set this option to 1 and update
+ * their code to deal with such packets, since this behaviour may become
+ * always enabled in the future (then this option will be deprecated and
+ * later removed). To avoid ABI issues when this happens, the callers should
+ * use AVOptions to set this field.
+ *)
+ side_data_only_packets: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the
+ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading
+ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio
+ * without leading padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are
+ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the
+ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet,
+ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is
+ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is
+ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be
+ * -initial_padding.
+ *)
+ initial_padding: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed
+ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when
+ * unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ *)
+ framerate: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_codec_{get,set}_pkt_timebase(avctx)
+ * - encoding unused.
+ * - decoding set by user
+ *)
+ pkt_timebase: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * AVCodecDescriptor
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_codec_{get,set}_codec_descriptor(avctx)
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ codec_descriptor: PAVCodecDescriptor;
+
+{$IFNDEF FF_API_LOWRES}
+ (**
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_codec_{get,set}_lowres(avctx)
+ *)
+ lowres: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * Current statistics for PTS correction.
+ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps
+ * - encoding: unused
+ *)
+ pts_correction_num_faulty_pts: cint64; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far
+ pts_correction_num_faulty_dts: cint64; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far
+ pts_correction_last_pts: cint64; /// PTS of the last frame
+ pts_correction_last_dts: cint64; /// DTS of the last frame
+
+ (**
+ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file.
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ *)
+ sub_charenc: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting
+ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance).
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - encoding: unused
+ *)
+ sub_charenc_mode: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec.
+ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6,
+ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression)
+ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background.
+ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha
+ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently
+ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway).
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ *)
+ skip_alpha: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ seek_preroll: cint;
+
+{$IFNDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV}
+ (**
+ * debug motion vectors
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ debug_mv: cint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using av_codec_g/set_chroma_intra_matrix()
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ *)
+ chroma_intra_matrix: PWord;
+
+ (**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions
+ * (NO direct access).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *)
+ dump_separator: Pcuint8;
+
+ (**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user through AVOPtions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ codec_whitelist: PAnsiChar;
+ end; {TAVCodecContext}
+
+ (**
+ * AVProfile.
+ *)
+ PAVProfile = ^TAVProfile;
+ TAVProfile = record
+ profile: cint;
+ name: {const} PAnsiChar; ///< short name for the profile
+ end; {TAVProfile}
+
+ TAVSubtitleType = (
+ SUBTITLE_NONE,
+
+ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
+
+ (**
+ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
+ *)
+ SUBTITLE_TEXT,
+
+ (**
+ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
+ *)
+ SUBTITLE_ASS
+ ); {TAVSubtitleType}
+
+ (**
+ * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture
+ *
+ * Functions for working with AVPicture
+ * @{
+ *)
+
+ (**
+ * four components are given, that's all.
+ * the last component is alpha
+ *)
+ PAVPicture = ^TAVPicture;
+ TAVPicture = record
+ data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of PByteArray;
+ linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; ///< number of bytes per line
+ end; {TAVPicture}
+
+ PPAVSubtitleRect = ^PAVSubtitleRect;
+ PAVSubtitleRect = ^TAVSubtitleRect;
+ TAVSubtitleRect = record
+ x: cint; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ y: cint; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ w: cint; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ h: cint; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ nb_colors: cint; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
+
+ (**
+ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
+ * can be set for text/ass as well once they where rendered
+ *)
+ pict: TAVPicture;
+ type_: TAVSubtitleType;
+
+ text: PAnsiChar; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
+
+ (**
+ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
+ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
+ * struct.
+ *)
+ ass: PAnsiChar;
+
+ flags: cint;
+ end; {TAVSubtitleRect}
+
+ PPAVSubtitle = ^PAVSubtitle;
+ PAVSubtitle = ^TAVSubtitle;
+ TAVSubtitle = record
+ format: cuint16; (* 0 = graphics *)
+ start_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *)
+ end_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *)
+ num_rects: cuint;
+ rects: PPAVSubtitleRect;
+ pts: cint64; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
+ end; {TAVSubtitle}
+
+(**
+ * AVCodec.
+ *)
+ TAVCodec = record
+ (**
+ * Name of the codec implementation.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
+ *)
+ name: PAnsiChar;
+ (**
+ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+ *)
+ long_name: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ type_: TAVMediaType;
+ id: TAVCodecID;
+ (**
+ * Codec capabilities.
+ * see CODEC_CAP_*
+ *)
+ capabilities: cint;
+ supported_framerates: {const} PAVRational; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
+ pix_fmts: {const} PAVPixelFormat; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+ supported_samplerates: {const} PCint; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
+ sample_fmts: {const} PAVSampleFormatArray; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+ channel_layouts: {const} PCuint64; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+ max_lowres: byte; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+ priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context
+ profiles: {const} PAVProfile; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+ priv_data_size: cint;
+ next: PAVCodec;
+ (**
+ * @name Frame-level threading support functions
+ * @{
+ *)
+ (**
+ * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created.
+ * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here.
+ * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original.
+ *)
+ init_thread_copy: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): Pcint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one.
+ * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec
+ * must call ff_thread_finish_setup().
+ *
+ * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped.
+ *)
+ update_thread_context: function (dst: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+ (** @} *)
+
+ (**
+ * Private codec-specific defaults.
+ *)
+ defaults: {const} pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register().
+ *)
+ init_static_data: procedure (codec: PAVCodec); cdecl;
+
+ init: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+ encode_sub: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint;
+ sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Encode data to an AVPacket.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer)
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a
+ * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *)
+ encode2: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; frame: {const} PAVFrame;
+ got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; cdecl;
+ decode: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; outdata: pointer; var outdata_size: cint; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl;
+ close: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Flush buffers.
+ * Will be called when seeking
+ *)
+ flush: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext); cdecl;
+ end; {TAVCodec}
+
+ PMpegEncContext = ^TMpegEncContext;
+ // To be expanded if needed.
+ TMpegEncContext = record
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel
+ * @{
+ *)
+ TAVHWAccel = record
+ (**
+ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ *)
+ name: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AVMediaType_xxx
+ *)
+ type_: TAVMediaType;
+
+ (**
+ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx
+ *)
+ id: TAVCodecID;
+
+ (**
+ * Supported pixel format.
+ *
+ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
+ *)
+ pix_fmt: PAVPixelFormat;
+
+ (**
+ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
+ * see FF_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
+ *)
+ capabilities: cint;
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+ next: PAVHWAccel;
+
+ (**
+ * Allocate a custom buffer
+ *)
+ alloc_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level.
+ *
+ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
+ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the frame data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ *)
+ start_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+ buf: {const} PByteArray;
+ buf_size: cuint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Callback for each slice.
+ *
+ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the slice data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ *)
+ decode_slice: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+ buf: {const} PByteArray;
+ buf_size: cuint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
+ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ *)
+ end_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data.
+ *
+ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
+ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
+ *)
+ frame_priv_data_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Called for every Macroblock in a slice.
+ *
+ * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_decode_mb().
+ * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are
+ * stored in an array provided by the video driver.
+ *
+ * @param s the mpeg context
+ *)
+ decode_mb: procedure(s: PMpegEncContext); cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Initialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and
+ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal
+ * is allocated.
+ *)
+ init: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel
+ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized.
+ *)
+ uninit: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Size of the private data to allocate in
+ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data.
+ *)
+ priv_data_size: cint;
+ end; {TAVHWAccel}
+
+const
+ (**
+ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level
+ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the
+ * hardware driver.
+ *)
+ AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL = (1 << 0);
+
+ FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING = -1; ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance)
+ FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC = 0; ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself
+ FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER = 1; ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv
+
+ function av_codec_get_pkt_timebase(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+ procedure av_codec_set_pkt_timebase(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext; val: TAVRational);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+ function av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): PAVCodecDescriptor;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+ procedure av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext; desc: {const} PAVCodecDescriptor);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+ function av_codec_get_lowres(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+ procedure av_codec_set_lowres(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+ function av_codec_get_seek_preroll(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+ procedure av_codec_set_seek_preroll(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+ function av_codec_get_max_lowres(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+ function av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): PWord;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+ procedure av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: PWord);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+
+const
+ AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED = $00000001;
+
+(**
+ * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec,
+ * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c,
+ * or NULL if c is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_codec_next(c: {const} PAVCodec): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function avcodec_version(): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function avcodec_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavcodec license.
+ *)
+function avcodec_license(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called
+ * before any other libavcodec functions.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_register_all()
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_register(codec: PAVCodec);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at
+ * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly
+ * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * @see register_avcodec
+ * @see avcodec_register
+ * @see av_register_codec_parser
+ * @see av_register_bitstream_filter
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_register_all();
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The
+ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context().
+ *
+ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults
+ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2()
+ * with a different codec.
+ *
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults
+ *)
+function avcodec_alloc_context3(codec: {const} PAVCodec): PAVCodecContext;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to
+ * the provided pointer.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_free_context(var avctx: PAVCodecContext);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values corresponding
+ * to the given codec (defaults may be codec-dependent).
+ *
+ * Do not call this function if a non-NULL codec has been passed
+ * to avcodec_alloc_context3() that allocated this AVCodecContext.
+ * If codec is non-NULL, it is illegal to call avcodec_open2() with a
+ * different codec on this AVCodecContext.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults3(s: PAVCodecContext; codec: {const} PAVCodec);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_class(): {const} PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_frame_class(): {const} PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(): {const} PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination
+ * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be
+ * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you
+ * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data.
+ *
+ * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with
+ * avcodec_alloc_context3(), but otherwise uninitialized
+ * @param src source codec context
+ * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success
+ *)
+function avcodec_copy_context(dest: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+(**
+ * @deprecated use av_frame_alloc()
+ *)
+function avcodec_alloc_frame(): PAVFrame;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Set the fields of the given AVFrame to default values.
+ *
+ * @param frame The AVFrame of which the fields should be set to default values.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_frame_unref()
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_get_frame_defaults(frame: PAVFrame);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ *
+ * @warning this function does NOT free the data buffers themselves
+ * (it does not know how, since they might have been allocated with
+ * a custom get_buffer()).
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_frame_free()
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_free_frame(frame: PPAVFrame);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+
+(**
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
+ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3().
+ *
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
+ * retrieving a codec.
+ *
+ * @warning This function is not thread safe!
+ *
+ * @code
+ * avcodec_register_all();
+ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0);
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
+ * if (!codec)
+ * exit(1);
+ *
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
+ *
+ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0)
+ * exit(1);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context to initialize.
+ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been
+ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or
+ * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() for this context, then this
+ * parameter MUST be either NULL or equal to the previously passed
+ * codec.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options.
+ * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(),
+ * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function avcodec_open2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; codec: {const} PAVCodec; options: PPAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it
+ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself).
+ *
+ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free
+ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() /
+ * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() with a non-NULL codec. Subsequent calls will
+ * do nothing.
+ *)
+function avcodec_close(avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
+ *
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
+ *)
+procedure avsubtitle_free(sub: PAVSubtitle);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_packet
+ * @{
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET}
+(*
+ * Default packet destructor.
+ * @deprecated use the AVBuffer API instead
+ *)
+procedure av_destruct_packet(pkt: PAVPacket);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
+ * initialized separately.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ *)
+procedure av_init_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ *)
+function av_new_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size new size
+ *)
+procedure av_shrink_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
+ *)
+function av_grow_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; grow_by: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
+ * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched.
+ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
+ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
+ * The caller may not access the data through other means.
+ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ * size is assumed to be size + FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ *)
+function av_packet_from_data(pkt: PAVPacket; data: PByte; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The
+ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated.
+ *)
+function av_dup_packet(pkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy packet, including contents
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
+ *)
+function av_copy_packet(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy packet side data
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
+ *)
+function av_copy_packet_side_data(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Free a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to free
+ *)
+procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate new information of a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ *)
+function av_packet_new_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType;
+ size: cint): PByte;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size new side information size
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ *)
+function av_packet_shrink_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType;
+ size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get side information from packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ *)
+function av_packet_get_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType;
+ size: Pcint): PByte;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_packet_merge_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_packet_split_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
+ *
+ * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
+ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
+ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
+ *)
+function av_packet_pack_dictionary(dict: PAVDictionary; size: PCuint): PByte;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
+ *
+ * @param data data from side_data
+ * @param size size of the data
+ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ *)
+function av_packet_unpack_dictionary(data: {const} PByte; size: cint; dict: PPAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
+ * All the other fields stay untouched.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ *)
+procedure av_packet_free_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
+ *
+ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
+ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
+ * data from src into it.
+ *
+ * All the other fields are copied from src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *)
+function av_packet_ref(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Wipe the packet.
+ *
+ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
+ * remaining packet fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
+ *)
+procedure av_packet_unref(pkt: PAVPacket);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param src Source packet, will be reset
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ *)
+procedure av_packet_move_ref(dst: PAVPacket; src: PAVPacket);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
+ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ *)
+function av_packet_copy_props(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
+ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
+ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
+ * expressed
+ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
+ * converted
+ *)
+procedure av_packet_rescale_ts(pkt: PAVPacket; tb_src, tb_dst: TAVRational);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id CodecID of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_decoder(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BUFFER}
+function avcodec_default_get_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+procedure avcodec_default_release_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+function avcodec_default_reget_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without
+ * CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ *)
+function avcodec_default_get_buffer2(s: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_EMU_EDGE}
+(**
+ * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must
+ * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the
+ * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag.
+ *
+ * @return Required padding in pixels.
+ *
+ * @deprecated CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is deprecated, so this function is no longer
+ * needed
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_edge_width(): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
+ * padding.
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_align_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Modifiy width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_align_dimensions2(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint;
+ linesize_align: PAVNDPArray);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO}
+(**
+ * Wrapper function which calls avcodec_decode_audio4.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_audio4 instead.
+ *
+ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into samples.
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case,
+ * avcodec_decode_audio3 has to be called again with an AVPacket that contains
+ * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame etc.
+ * If no frame
+ * could be outputted, frame_size_ptr is zero. Otherwise, it is the
+ * decompressed frame size in bytes.
+ *
+ * @warning You must set frame_size_ptr to the allocated size of the
+ * output buffer before calling avcodec_decode_audio3().
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
+ * bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer avpkt->data should be set to 0 to ensure that
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
+ *
+ * @warning You must not provide a custom get_buffer() when using
+ * avcodec_decode_audio3(). Doing so will override it with
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer. Use avcodec_decode_audio4() instead,
+ * which does allow the application to provide a custom get_buffer().
+ *
+ * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data and output buffer
+ * samples. The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: On some CPUs it isn't
+ * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others
+ * * it will work but it will have an impact on performance.
+ *
+ * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum and
+ * samples should be 16 byte aligned unless the CPU doesn't need it
+ * (AltiVec and SSE do).
+ *
+ * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay
+ * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] samples the output buffer, sample type in avctx->sample_fmt
+ * If the sample format is planar, each channel plane will
+ * be the same size, with no padding between channels.
+ * @param[in,out] frame_size_ptr the output buffer size in bytes
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
+ * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields.
+ * All decoders are designed to use the least fields possible though.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame data was decompressed (used) from the input AVPacket.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_audio3(avctx: PAVCodecContext; samples: PSmallint;
+ var frame_size_ptr: cint;
+ avpkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame.
+ *
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case,
+ * avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be called again with an AVPacket containing
+ * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame, etc...
+ * Even if no frames are returned, the packet needs to be fed to the decoder
+ * with remaining data until it is completely consumed or an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @note You might have to align the input buffer. The alignment requirements
+ * depend on the CPU and the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples.
+ * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by
+ * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
+ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
+ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
+ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
+ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
+ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
+ * next call to this function or until closing the decoder.
+ * The caller may not write to it.
+ * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is
+ * non-zero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some
+ * decoders might also require additional fields to be set.
+ * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during
+ * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input
+ * AVPacket is returned.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_audio4(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame;
+ got_frame_ptr: Pcint; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture.
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
+ * bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
+ *
+ * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data.
+ * The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: on some CPUs it isn't
+ * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others
+ * it will work but it will have an impact on performance.
+ *
+ * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum.
+ *
+ * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay
+ * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored.
+ * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will
+ * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
+ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
+ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
+ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
+ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
+ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
+ * next call to this function or until closing the decoder. The
+ * caller may not write to it.
+ *
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVpacket containing the input buffer.
+ * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
+ * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like
+ * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least
+ * fields possible.
+ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; picture: PAVFrame;
+ var got_picture_ptr: cint;
+ avpkt: {const} PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(* Decode a subtitle message.
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
+ * Note that CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored,
+ * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_subtitle2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; sub: PAVSubtitle;
+ var got_sub_ptr: cint;
+ avpkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing
+ * @
+ *)
+
+type
+ TAVPictureStructure = (
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME //< coded as frame
+ );
+
+const
+ AV_PARSER_PTS_NB = 4;
+ PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES = $0001;
+ PARSER_FLAG_ONCE = $0002;
+/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset
+ PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET = $0004;
+ PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS = $1000;
+
+type
+ (* frame parsing *)
+ PAVCodecParserContext = ^TAVCodecParserContext;
+ PAVCodecParser = ^TAVCodecParser;
+
+ TAVCodecParserContext = record
+ priv_data: pointer;
+ parser: PAVCodecParser;
+ frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the current frame *)
+ cur_offset: cint64; (* current offset (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) *)
+ next_frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the next frame *)
+ (* video info *)
+ pict_type: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *)
+ (**
+ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
+ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
+ * is compared to normal frame duration.
+ *
+ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
+ *
+ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
+ *)
+ repeat_pict: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *)
+ pts: cint64; (* pts of the current frame *)
+ dts: cint64; (* dts of the current frame *)
+
+ (* private data *)
+ last_pts: cint64;
+ last_dts: cint64;
+ fetch_timestamp: cint;
+
+ cur_frame_start_index: cint;
+ cur_frame_offset: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+ cur_frame_pts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+ cur_frame_dts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+
+ flags: cint;
+
+ offset: cint64; ///< byte offset from starting packet start
+ cur_frame_end: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
+ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
+ * old-style fallback using FF_I_TYPE picture type as key frames
+ * will be used.
+ *)
+ key_frame: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Time difference in stream time base units from the pts of this
+ * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged
+ * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the
+ * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from
+ * the very first frame or from this keyframe.
+ * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown.
+ * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY
+ * set.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no
+ * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the
+ * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also
+ * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all
+ * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking.
+ *)
+ convergence_duration: cint64;
+
+ // Timestamp generation support:
+ (**
+ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
+ *
+ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
+ * (default).
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
+ * SEI message.
+ *)
+ dts_sync_point: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
+ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain a valid timestamp offset.
+ *
+ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
+ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
+ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
+ *)
+ dts_ref_dts_delta: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
+ * must not lie in the past).
+ *
+ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
+ * time of the frame.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
+ *)
+ pts_dts_delta: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Position of the packet in file.
+ *
+ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
+ *)
+ cur_frame_pos: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
+ *)
+ pos: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Previous frame byte position.
+ *)
+ last_pos: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Duration of the current frame.
+ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate.
+ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *)
+ duration: cint;
+
+ field_order: TAVFieldOrder;
+
+ (**
+ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field.
+ *
+ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag
+ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD.
+ *)
+ picture_structure: TAVPictureStructure;
+
+ end; {AVCodecParserContext}
+
+ TAVCodecParser = record
+ codec_ids: array [0..4] of cint; (* several codec IDs are permitted *)
+ priv_data_size: cint;
+ parser_init: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext): cint; cdecl;
+ parser_parse: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext;
+ avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+ poutbuf: {const} PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+ buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+ parser_close: procedure(s: PAVCodecParserContext); cdecl;
+ split: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: {const} PByteArray;
+ buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+ next: PAVCodecParser;
+ end; {AVCodecParser}
+
+function av_parser_next(c: {const} PAVCodecParser): PAVCodecParser;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure av_register_codec_parser(parser: PAVCodecParser);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_parser_init(codec_id: cint): PAVCodecParserContext;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Parse a packet.
+ *
+ * @param s parser context.
+ * @param avctx codec context.
+ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
+ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
+ * @param buf input buffer.
+ * @param buf_size input length, to signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output).
+ * @param pts input presentation timestamp.
+ * @param dts input decoding timestamp.
+ * @param pos input byte position in stream.
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ * while (in_len) do
+ * begin
+ * len := av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, data, size,
+ * in_data, in_len,
+ * pts, dts, pos);
+ * in_data := in_data + len;
+ * in_len := in_len - len;
+ *
+ * if (size) then
+ * decode_frame(data, size);
+ * end;
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+function av_parser_parse2(s: PAVCodecParserContext;
+ avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+ poutbuf: PPointer;
+ poutbuf_size: PCint;
+ buf: {const} PByteArray;
+ buf_size: cint;
+ pts: cint64;
+ dts: cint64;
+ pos: cint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed
+ * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter
+ *)
+function av_parser_change(s: PAVCodecParserContext;
+ avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+ poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+ buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure av_parser_close(s: PAVCodecParserContext);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding
+ * @{
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_encoder(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO}
+(**
+ * Encode an audio frame from samples into buf.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_encode_audio2 instead.
+ *
+ * @note The output buffer should be at least FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE bytes large.
+ * However, for codecs with avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the user
+ * will know how much space is needed because it depends on the value passed
+ * in buf_size as described below. In that case a lower value can be used.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] buf the output buffer
+ * @param[in] buf_size the output buffer size
+ * @param[in] samples the input buffer containing the samples
+ * The number of samples read from this buffer is frame_size*channels,
+ * both of which are defined in avctx.
+ * For codecs which have avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the number of
+ * samples read from samples is equal to:
+ * buf_size * 8 / (avctx->channels * av_get_bits_per_sample(avctx->codec_id))
+ * This also implies that av_get_bits_per_sample() must not return 0 for these
+ * codecs.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number
+ * of bytes used to encode the data read from the input buffer.
+ *)
+function avcodec_encode_audio(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByte;
+ buf_size: cint; samples: {const} PSmallint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Encode a frame of audio.
+ *
+ * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames
+ * internally as needed.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket.
+ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting
+ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
+ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
+ * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and
+ * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All
+ * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using
+ * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will
+ * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size
+ * of the output packet.
+ *
+ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
+ * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be
+ * called to free the user supplied buffer).
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded.
+ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
+ * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
+ * If CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ * can have any number of samples.
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
+ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
+ * empty. If the function returns an error, the
+ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
+ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
+ * not be used.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *)
+function avcodec_encode_audio2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket;
+ frame: {const} PAVFrame; got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO}
+(**
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_encode_video2() instead.
+ *
+ * Encode a video frame from pict into buf.
+ * The input picture should be
+ * stored using a specific format, namely avctx.pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] buf the output buffer for the bitstream of encoded frame
+ * @param[in] buf_size the size of the output buffer in bytes
+ * @param[in] pict the input picture to encode
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number
+ * of bytes used from the output buffer.
+ *)
+function avcodec_encode_video(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByte;
+ buf_size: cint; pict: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Encode a frame of video.
+ *
+ * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames
+ * internally as needed.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket.
+ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting
+ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
+ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
+ * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields
+ * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If
+ * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it.
+ * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the
+ * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the
+ * caller, he is responsible for freeing it.
+ *
+ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
+ * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be
+ * called to free the user supplied buffer).
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded.
+ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
+ * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
+ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
+ * empty. If the function returns an error, the
+ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
+ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
+ * not be used.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *)
+function avcodec_encode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket;
+ frame: {const} PAVFrame; got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avcodec_encode_subtitle(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray;
+ buf_size: cint; sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE}
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * @deprecated use libswresample instead
+ *
+ * @{
+ *)
+type
+ PReSampleContext = pointer;
+ PAVResampleContext = pointer;
+ PImgReSampleContext = pointer;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize audio resampling context.
+ *
+ * @param output_channels number of output channels
+ * @param input_channels number of input channels
+ * @param output_rate output sample rate
+ * @param input_rate input sample rate
+ * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format
+ * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format
+ * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency
+ * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank
+ * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated
+ between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used
+ * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate
+ * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred
+ *)
+ function av_audio_resample_init(output_channels: cint; input_channels: cint;
+ output_rate: cint; input_rate: cint;
+ sample_fmt_out: TAVSampleFormat;
+ sample_fmt_in: TAVSampleFormat;
+ filter_length: cint; log2_phase_count: cint;
+ linear: cint; cutoff: cdouble): PReSampleContext;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+function audio_resample (s: PReSampleContext; output: PSmallint; input: PSmallint; nb_samples: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Free resample context.
+ *
+ * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously
+ * created with av_audio_resample_init()
+ *)
+procedure audio_resample_close (s: PReSampleContext);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize an audio resampler.
+ * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are.
+ * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq
+ * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank
+ * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated
+ between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used
+ * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate
+ *)
+function av_resample_init (out_rate: cint; in_rate: cint; filter_length: cint;
+ log2_phase_count: cint; linear: cint; cutoff: cdouble): PAVResampleContext;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context.
+ * @param src an array of unconsumed samples
+ * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here
+ * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available
+ * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst
+ * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context.
+ * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred
+ *)
+function av_resample (c: PAVResampleContext; dst: PSmallint; src: PSmallint; var consumed: cint;
+ src_size: cint; dst_size: cint; update_ctx: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing
+ * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur
+ * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed
+ * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less
+ *
+ * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500)
+ * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output
+ *
+ * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different,
+ * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small
+ *)
+procedure av_resample_compensate (c: PAVResampleContext; sample_delta: cint;
+ compensation_distance: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+procedure av_resample_close (c: PAVResampleContext);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_picture
+ * @{
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Allocate memory for a picture. Call avpicture_free to free it.
+ *
+ * @see avpicture_fill()
+ *
+ * @param picture the picture to be filled in.
+ * @param pix_fmt the format of the picture.
+ * @param width the width of the picture.
+ * @param height the height of the picture.
+ * @return Zero if successful, a negative value if not.
+ *)
+function avpicture_alloc (picture: PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+ width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free a picture previously allocated by avpicture_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param picture the AVPicture to be freed
+ *)
+procedure avpicture_free (picture: PAVPicture);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Fill in the AVPicture fields, always assume a linesize alignment of
+ * 1.
+ *
+ * @see av_image_fill_arrays()
+ *)
+function avpicture_fill (picture: PAVPicture; ptr: pcuint8;
+ pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy pixel data from an AVPicture into a buffer, always assume a
+ * linesize alignment of 1.
+ *
+ * @see av_image_copy_to_buffer()
+ *)
+function avpicture_layout (src: {const} PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+ width: cint; height: cint;
+ dest: PByteArray; dest_size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Calculate the size in bytes that a picture of the given width and height
+ * would occupy if stored in the given picture format.
+ * Always assume a linesize alignment of 1.
+ *
+ * @see av_image_get_buffer_size().
+ *)
+function avpicture_get_size (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_DEINTERLACE}
+(**
+ * deinterlace - if not supported return -1
+ *
+ * @deprecated - use yadif (in libavfilter) instead
+ *)
+function avpicture_deinterlace (dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture;
+ pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Copy image src to dst. Wraps av_image_copy().
+ *)
+procedure av_picture_copy(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture;
+ pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Crop image top and left side.
+ *)
+function av_picture_crop(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture;
+ pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; top_band: cint; left_band: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Pad image.
+ *)
+function av_picture_pad(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture;
+ height: cint; width: cint; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+ padtop: cint; padbottom: cint; padleft: cint;
+ padright: cint; color: PCint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding
+ * (or neither).
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats
+ *
+ * Functions for working with pixel formats.
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
+ * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
+ *
+ * This function asserts that pix_fmt is valid. See av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample
+ * for one that returns a failure code and continues in case of invalid
+ * pix_fmts.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w
+ * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h
+ *
+ * @see av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample
+ *)
+
+procedure avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; var h_shift: cint; var v_shift: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
+ * found.
+ *)
+function avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss()
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss (dst_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+ has_alpha: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
+ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
+ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
+ * pix_fmt_list parameter.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(pix_fmt_list: PAVPixelFormat;
+ src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+ has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2()
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt1: TAVPixelFormat; dst_pix_fmt2: TAVPixelFormat;
+ src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI}
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(pix_fmt_list: PAVPixelFormat;
+ src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+ has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ELSE}
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(dst_pix_fmt1: TAVPixelFormat; dst_pix_fmt2: TAVPixelFormat;
+ src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function avcodec_default_get_format(s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS}
+(**
+ * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be used from outside of lavc
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_set_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: cint; height: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(* Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf
+ * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if
+ * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null
+ *)
+function av_get_codec_tag_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: size_t; codec_tag: cuint): size_t;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure avcodec_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; enc: PAVCodecContext; encode: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function av_get_profile_name(codec: {const} PAVCodec; profile: cint): {const} PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avcodec_default_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avcodec_default_execute2(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+//FIXME func typedef
+
+(**
+ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers.
+ *
+ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough
+ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data
+ * pointers will point to this buffer.
+ *
+ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for
+ * planar audio.
+ *
+ * @param frame the AVFrame
+ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the
+ * function. This function fills in frame->data,
+ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0].
+ * @param nb_channels channel count
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data
+ * @param buf_size size of buffer
+ * @param align plane size sample alignment
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in
+ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump
+ *)
+function avcodec_fill_audio_frame(frame: PAVFrame; nb_channels: cint;
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; buf: {const} PByte;
+ buf_size: cint; align: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Flush buffers, should be called when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_flush_buffers(avctx: PAVCodecContext);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ *)
+function av_get_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TAVCodecID): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
+ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
+ * -1 (or anything else) for native
+ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
+ *)
+function av_get_pcm_codec(fmt: TAVSampleFormat; be: cint): TAVCodecID;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
+ * approximation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ *)
+function av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TAVCodecID): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return audio frame duration.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown
+ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to
+ * determine.
+ *)
+function av_get_audio_frame_duration(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame_bytes: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+type
+ PAVBitStreamFilterContext = ^TAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+ PAVBitStreamFilter = ^TAVBitStreamFilter;
+
+ TAVBitStreamFilterContext = record
+ priv_data: pointer;
+ filter: PAVBitStreamFilter;
+ parser: PAVCodecParserContext;
+ next: PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+ end;
+
+ TAVBitStreamFilter = record
+ name: PAnsiChar;
+ priv_data_size: cint;
+ filter: function(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+ avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+ buf: {const} PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; cdecl;
+ close: procedure(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext);
+ next: PAVBitStreamFilter;
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Register a bitstream filter.
+ *
+ * The filter will be accessible to the application code through
+ * av_bitstream_filter_next() or can be directly initialized with
+ * av_bitstream_filter_init().
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_register_all()
+ *)
+procedure av_register_bitstream_filter(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilter);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Create and initialize a bitstream filter context given a bitstream
+ * filter name.
+ *
+ * The returned context must be freed with av_bitstream_filter_close().
+ *
+ * @param name the name of the bitstream filter
+ * @return a bitstream filter context if a matching filter was found
+ * and successfully initialized, NULL otherwise
+ *)
+function av_bitstream_filter_init(name: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Filter bitstream.
+ *
+ * This function filters the buffer buf with size buf_size, and places the
+ * filtered buffer in the buffer pointed to by poutbuf.
+ *
+ * The output buffer must be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param bsfc bitstream filter context created by av_bitstream_filter_init()
+ * @param avctx AVCodecContext accessed by the filter, may be NULL.
+ * If specified, this must point to the encoder context of the
+ * output stream the packet is sent to.
+ * @param args arguments which specify the filter configuration, may be NULL
+ * @param poutbuf pointer which is updated to point to the filtered buffer
+ * @param poutbuf_size pointer which is updated to the filtered buffer size in bytes
+ * @param buf buffer containing the data to filter
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf
+ * @param keyframe set to non-zero if the buffer to filter corresponds to a key-frame packet data
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, or a negative error code in case of failure
+ *
+ * If the return value is positive, an output buffer is allocated and
+ * is available in *poutbuf, and is distinct from the input buffer.
+ *
+ * If the return value is 0, the output output buffer is not allocated
+ * and the output buffer should be considered identical to the input
+ * buffer, or in case *poutbuf was set it points to the input buffer
+ * (not necessarily to its starting address).
+ *)
+function av_bitstream_filter_filter(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+ avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+ buf: {const} PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Release bitstream filter context.
+ *
+ * @param bsf the bitstream filter context created with
+ * av_bitstream_filter_init(), can be NULL
+ *)
+procedure av_bitstream_filter_close(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilterContext);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * If f is NULL, return the first registered bitstream filter,
+ * if f is non-NULL, return the next registered bitstream filter
+ * after f, or NULL if f is the last one.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to iterate over all registered bitstream
+ * filters.
+ *)
+function av_bitstream_filter_next(f: {const} PAVBitStreamFilter): PAVBitStreamFilter;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(* memory *)
+
+(**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional
+ * FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will will always be 0.
+ *
+ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes
+ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear.
+ *)
+procedure av_fast_padded_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always
+ * be 0-initialized after call.
+ *)
+procedure av_fast_padded_mallocz(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
+ *
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
+ *)
+function av_xiphlacing(s: PByte; v: cuint): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE}
+(**
+ * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is
+ * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.)
+ * only, and would normally not be used by applications.
+ * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is
+ * a pointer to an AVClass struct
+ * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature
+ * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature.
+ * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbage will be added to the log
+ * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development
+ * mailing list.
+ * @deprecated Use avpriv_report_missing_feature() instead.
+ *)
+procedure av_log_missing_feature(avc: Pointer; feature: {const} PAnsiChar; want_sample: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is
+ * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.)
+ * only, and would normally not be used by applications.
+ * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is
+ * a pointer to an AVClass struct
+ * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message
+ * @deprecated Use avpriv_request_sample() instead.
+ *)
+procedure av_log_ask_for_sample(avc: Pointer; msg: {const} PAnsiChar); {todo: av_printf_format(2, 3);}
+ cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel.
+ *)
+procedure av_register_hwaccel (hwaccel: PAVHWAccel)
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator,
+ * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator
+ * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_hwaccel_next (hwaccel: {const} PAVHWAccel): PAVHWAccel;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Lock operation used by lockmgr
+ *)
+type
+ TAVLockOp = (
+ AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex
+ AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex
+ AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex
+ AV_LOCK_DESTROY ///< Free mutex resources
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations
+ * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points
+ * to a (void * ) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user
+ * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the
+ * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is
+ * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same
+ * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However,
+ * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to
+ * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds
+ * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a
+ * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks.
+ * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a
+ * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used.
+ *
+ * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls
+ * to this callback and the previously registered callback.
+ * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex
+ * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking
+ * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to
+ * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the
+ * lockmgr will be unregistered.
+ *)
+// ToDo: Implement and test this
+//function av_lockmgr_register(cb: function (mutex: Ppointer; op: TAVLockOp)): cint;
+// cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the type of the given codec.
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_type(codec_id: TAVCodecID): TAVMediaType;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the name of a codec.
+ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_name(id: TAVCodecID): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it
+ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_is_open(s: PAVCodecContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
+ *)
+function av_codec_is_encoder(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
+ *)
+function av_codec_is_decoder(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
+ *)
+function avcodec_descriptor_get(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodecDescriptor;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ *)
+function avcodec_descriptor_next(prev: {const} PAVCodecDescriptor): PAVCodecDescriptor;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
+ * exists.
+ *)
+function avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(name: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVCodecDescriptor;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avformat.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avformat.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..660cf3ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avformat.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2892 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of version 2.0 libavformat/avformat.h
+ * Version: 56.4.101
+ *)
+
+unit avformat;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI }
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc} (* for the HasInline define *)
+{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *)
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ {$linklib libavformat}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ avcodec,
+ avio,
+ avutil,
+ rational,
+ {$IFDEF UNIX}
+ BaseUnix,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ SysUtils,
+ UConfig;
+
+const
+ (*
+ * IMPORTANT: This headers are valid for all minor revisions of ffmpeg
+ * version 2.4.*
+ *)
+ (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 56;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 25;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 101;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 56;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 25;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 101;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION > LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{
+const
+ LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD = LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT;
+ LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT = 'Lavf' AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION);
+}
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup libavf I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
+ * @
+ *
+ * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
+ * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
+ * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
+ * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
+ * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
+ * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call
+ * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols.
+ * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
+ * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
+ *
+ * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
+ * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
+ * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() /
+ * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public
+ * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the
+ * avio_enum_protocols() function.
+ *
+ * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
+ * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
+ * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
+ * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
+ * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
+ * avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
+ *
+ * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
+ * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
+ * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
+ * always set by user for output.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
+ * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
+ * using their index in this array.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
+ * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
+ * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
+ *
+ * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
+ * Lavf allows to configure muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
+ * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
+ * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
+ * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
+ * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
+ * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
+ * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
+ * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
+ * @
+ * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
+ * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
+ * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
+ * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
+ * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
+ * cleanup.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
+ * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL or filename, which
+ * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
+ * @code
+ * const char *url = "in.mp3";
+ * AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
+ * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * @endcode
+ * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
+ * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
+ * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
+ * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
+ * frames to find missing information.
+ *
+ * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
+ * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
+ * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
+ * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
+ * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
+ * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
+ * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
+ *
+ * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
+ * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
+ * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
+ * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionary *options = NULL;
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
+ *
+ * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * av_dict_free(&options);
+ * @endcode
+ * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
+ * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
+ * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
+ * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
+ * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
+ * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
+ * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
+ * wishes, e.g.
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionaryEntry *e;
+ * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
+ * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
+ * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
+ * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
+ * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
+ * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
+ * decoding functions avcodec_decode_video2(), avcodec_decode_audio4() or
+ * avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the caller wishes to decode the data.
+ *
+ * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
+ * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
+ * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
+ * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
+ * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
+ *
+ * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is
+ * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely.
+ * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a
+ * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid
+ * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller
+ * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy
+ * of it.
+ * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_free_packet() when it is no
+ * longer needed.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
+ * @
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
+ * @
+ * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
+ * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
+ *
+ * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
+ * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
+ * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
+ * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
+ *
+ * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
+ * muxer that will be used.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
+ * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
+ * avio_open2() or a custom one.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
+ * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
+ * the @ref AVStream.codec "stream codec context" information, such as the
+ * codec @ref AVCodecContext.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecContext.codec_id
+ * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
+ * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
+ * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
+ * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
+ * described later).
+ * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
+ * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
+ * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
+ * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
+ * support.
+ *
+ * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
+ * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
+ * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
+ * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
+ * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
+ *
+ * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
+ * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
+ * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
+ * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
+ * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
+ * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
+ * requested by the caller.
+ *
+ * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
+ * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
+ * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
+ * avformat_free_context().
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ *
+ *)
+
+//type
+
+(*
+ * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
+ * @
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
+ * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
+ * set metadata when muxing.
+ *
+ * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
+ * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
+ * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
+ * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
+ * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
+ *
+ * Important concepts to keep in mind:
+ * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
+ * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
+ * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
+ * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
+ * placed in the same tag.
+ * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
+ * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
+ * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
+ * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
+ * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
+ * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
+ * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
+ * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
+ * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
+ * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
+ * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
+ * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
+ * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
+ * artist-sort="Beatles, The".
+ *
+ * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
+ * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
+ * Follows a list of generic tag names:
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ album -- name of the set this work belongs to
+ album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
+ e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
+ artist -- main creator of the work
+ comment -- any additional description of the file.
+ composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
+ copyright -- name of copyright holder.
+ creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
+ encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
+ encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
+ filename -- original name of the file.
+ genre -- <self-evident>.
+ language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
+ in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
+ separating them with commas.
+ performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
+ E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
+ Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
+ publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
+ service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
+ service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
+ title -- name of the work.
+ track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
+ variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
+ *
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(* packet functions *)
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size desired payload size
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ *)
+function av_get_packet(s: PAVIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
+ * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
+ * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
+ * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
+ * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
+ * the final size.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size amount of data to read
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
+ * will not be lost even if an error occurs.
+ *)
+function av_append_packet(s: PAVIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_LAVF_FRAC}
+(*************************************************)
+(* fractional numbers for exact pts handling *)
+
+type
+ (**
+ * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'.
+ * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den.
+ *)
+ PAVFrac = ^TAVFrac;
+ TAVFrac = record
+ val, num, den: cint64;
+ end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+ //defines for delphi
+ size_t = cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*************************************************)
+(* input/output formats *)
+
+type
+ (**
+ * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
+ *)
+ TAVProbeData = record
+ filename: PAnsiChar;
+ buf: PByteArray; (**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. *)
+ buf_size: cint; (**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes *)
+ {const} mime_type: PAnsiChar; (**< mime_type, when known. *)
+ end;
+
+const
+ AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION = 50; ///< score for file extension
+ AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME = 75; ///< score for file mime type
+ AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX = 100; ///< maximum score
+
+ AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY = (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX DIV 4);
+ AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY = (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX DIV 4-1);
+
+ AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE = 32; ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
+
+/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
+ AVFMT_NOFILE = $0001;
+ AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER = $0002; (**< Needs '%d' in filename. *)
+ AVFMT_SHOW_IDS = $0008; (**< Show format stream IDs numbers. *)
+ AVFMT_RAWPICTURE = $0020; (**< Format wants AVPicture structure for
+ raw picture data. *)
+ AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER = $0040; (**< Format wants global header. *)
+ AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS = $0080; (**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. *)
+ AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX = $0100; (**< Use generic index building code. *)
+ AVFMT_TS_DISCONT = $0200; (**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. *)
+ AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS = $0400; (**< Format allows variable fps. *)
+ AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS = $0800; (**< Format does not need width/height *)
+ AVFMT_NOSTREAMS = $1000; (**< Format does not require any streams *)
+ AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH = $2000; (**< Format does not allow to fall back to binary search via read_timestamp *)
+ AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH = $4000; (**< Format does not allow to fall back to generic search *)
+ AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK = $8000; (**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes *)
+ AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH = $10000;(**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR <= 54}
+ AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT = $8020000; //we try to be compatible to the ABIs of ffmpeg and major forks
+{$ELSE}
+ AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT = $20000;
+{$ENDIF}
+ (**< Format does not require strictly
+ increasing timestamps, but they must
+ still be monotonic *)
+ AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE = $40000; (**< Format allows muxing negative
+ timestamps. If not set the timestamp
+ will be shifted in av_write_frame and
+ av_interleaved_write_frame so they
+ start from 0.
+ The user or muxer can override this through
+ AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
+ *)
+
+ AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS = $4000000; (**< Seeking is based on PTS *)
+
+ // used by AVIndexEntry
+ AVINDEX_KEYFRAME = $0001;
+
+ AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER = $0001; (**< signal that no header is present
+ (streams are added dynamically) *)
+
+ MAX_STREAMS = 20;
+
+ AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS = $0001; ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
+ AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX = $0002; ///< Ignore index.
+ AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK = $0004; ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
+ AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS = $0008; ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
+ AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN = $0010; ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
+ AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE = $0020; ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
+ AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER = $0040; ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
+ AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO = $0080; ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
+ AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT = $0100; ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
+ AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS = $0200; ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
+(**
+ * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
+ * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
+ *
+ * This flag is mainly intended for testing.
+ *)
+ AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT = $0400;
+ AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM = $8000; ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload
+ AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS = $10000; ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
+ AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT = $20000; ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted)
+ AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA = $40000; ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate.
+
+ // used by AVStream
+ AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED = $0001; ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
+ MAX_STD_TIMEBASES = (60*12+6);
+ MAX_PROBE_PACKETS = 2500;
+ MAX_REORDER_DELAY = 16;
+
+ // used by TAVProgram
+ AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING = 1;
+
+
+ AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT = $0001;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_DUB = $0002;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL = $0004;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT = $0008;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS = $0010;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE = $0020;
+
+ (**
+ * Track should be used during playback by default.
+ * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
+ * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
+ *)
+ AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED = $0040;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED = $0080; (**< stream for hearing impaired audiences *)
+ AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED = $0100; (**< stream for visual impaired audiences *)
+ AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS = $0200; (**< stream without voice *)
+(**
+ * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
+ * APIC frame in ID3v2). The single packet associated with it will be returned
+ * among the first few packets read from the file unless seeking takes place.
+ * It can also be accessed at any time in AVStream.attached_pic.
+ *)
+ AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC = $0400;
+
+(**
+ * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default).
+ *)
+ AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS = $10000;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS = $20000;
+ AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA = $40000;
+
+(**
+ * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
+ *)
+ AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE = 0; ///< ignore the wrap
+ AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET = 1; ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
+ AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET = -1; ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
+
+ // used by TAVFormatContext.debug
+ FF_FDEBUG_TS = 0001;
+ AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED = 0001; ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
+
+ RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE = 2500000;
+
+ AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO = -1; ///< Enabled when required by target format
+ AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE = 1; ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
+ AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO = 2; ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
+
+type
+ PPAVCodecTag = ^PAVCodecTag;
+ PAVCodecTag = Pointer;
+
+ PAVOutputFormat = ^TAVOutputFormat;
+ PAVProbeData = ^TAVProbeData;
+
+ PAVInputFormat = ^TAVInputFormat;
+ PAVIndexEntry = ^TAVIndexEntry;
+
+ PPAVStream = ^PAVStream;
+ PAVStream = ^TAVStream;
+ PAVPacketList = ^TAVPacketList;
+ TAVPacketList = record
+ pkt: TAVPacket;
+ next: PAVPacketList;
+ end; (*AVPacketList*)
+
+ PPAVProgram = ^PAVProgram;
+ PAVProgram = ^TAVProgram;
+
+ PPAVFormatContext = ^PAVFormatContext;
+ PAVFormatContext = ^TAVFormatContext;
+
+(**
+ * Convert all the metadata sets from ctx according to the source and
+ * destination conversion tables.
+ *
+ * @param d_conv destination tags format conversion table
+ * @param s_conv source tags format conversion table
+ *)
+ PAVMetadataConv = ^TAVMetadataConv;
+ TAVMetadataConv = record
+ ctx: PAVFormatContext;
+ d_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv;
+ s_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv;
+ end;
+
+ (** From libavdevice/avdevice.h **)
+ PPAVDeviceInfo = ^PAVDeviceInfo;
+ PAVDeviceInfo = ^TAVDeviceInfo;
+ TAVDeviceInfo = record
+ device_name: PAnsiChar; (**< device name, format depends on device *)
+ device_description: PAnsiChar; (**< human friendly name *)
+ end; {TAVDeviceInfo}
+
+ PAVDeviceInfoList = ^TAVDeviceInfoList;
+ TAVDeviceInfoList = record
+ devices: PPAVDeviceInfo; (**< list of autodetected devices *)
+ nb_devices: cint; (**< number of autodetected devices *)
+ default_device: cint; (**< index of default device or -1 if no default *)
+ end; {TAVDeviceInfoList}
+
+ PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery = ^TAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
+ TAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery = record
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @
+ *)
+ TAVOutputFormat = record
+ name: PAnsiChar;
+ (**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ *)
+ long_name: PAnsiChar;
+ mime_type: PAnsiChar;
+ extensions: PAnsiChar; (**< comma-separated filename extensions *)
+ (* output support *)
+ audio_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default audio codec *)
+ video_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default video codec *)
+ subtitle_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default subtitle codec *)
+ (**
+ * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_RAWPICTURE,
+ * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
+ * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT
+ *)
+ flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
+ * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ *)
+ codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag;
+
+ priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+ next: PAVOutputFormat;
+ (**
+ * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
+ *)
+ priv_data_size: cint;
+
+ write_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags,
+ * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer.
+ * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush,
+ * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered
+ * data.
+ *)
+ write_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl;
+ write_trailer: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P.
+ *)
+ interleave_packet: function (s: PAVFormatContext; out_: PAVPacket;
+ in_: PAVPacket; flush: cint): cint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not.
+ * A negative number if unknown.
+ * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC
+ *)
+ query_codec: function (id: TAVCodecID; std_compliance: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ get_output_timestamp: procedure (s: PAVFormatContext; stream: cint;
+ dts: Pcint64; wall: Pcint64); cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Allows sending messages from application to device.
+ *)
+ control_message: function(s: PAVFormatContext; type_: cint; data: pointer;
+ data_size: size_t): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Write an uncoded AVFrame.
+ *
+ * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
+ *
+ * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it
+ * by setting the pointer to NULL.
+ *)
+ write_uncodec_frame: function(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+ frame: PPAVFrame; flags: cuint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ *)
+ get_device_list: function(s: PAVFormatContext; device_list: PAVDeviceInfoList): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Initialize device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
+ *)
+ create_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Free device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
+ *)
+ free_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl;
+ end;
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @
+ *)
+ TAVInputFormat = record
+ (**
+ * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
+ * may be appended with a minor bump.
+ *)
+ name: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ *)
+ long_name: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
+ * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
+ * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
+ *)
+ flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
+ * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
+ * reliable enough
+ *)
+ extensions: PAnsiChar;
+
+ codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag;
+
+ priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ (**
+ * Comma-separated list of mime types.
+ * It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
+ * @see av_probe_input_format2
+ *)
+ mime_type: {const} PAnsiChar;
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+ next: PAVInputFormat;
+
+ (**
+ * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
+ *)
+ raw_codec_id: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
+ *)
+ priv_data_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
+ * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
+ * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
+ *)
+ read_probe: function (p: PAVProbeData): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
+ * structure. Return 0 if OK. Only used in raw format right
+ * now. 'avformat_new_stream' should be called to create new streams.
+ *)
+ read_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
+ * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
+ * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used.
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
+ * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated
+ * or must be freed before returning
+ *)
+ read_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
+ * freed by this function
+ *)
+ read_close: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
+ * stream component stream_index.
+ * @param stream_index Must not be -1.
+ * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
+ * match is available.
+ * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
+ *)
+ read_seek: function (c: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+ timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
+ * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
+ *)
+ read_timestamp: function (s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+ pos: pint64; pos_limit: cint64): cint64; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ *)
+ read_play: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ *)
+ read_pause: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ *)
+ read_seek2: function (s: PAVFormatContext;
+ stream_index: cint;
+ min_ts: cint64;
+ ts: cint64;
+ max_ts: cint64;
+ flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ *)
+ get_device_list: function(s: PAVFormatContext; device_list: PAVDeviceInfoList): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Initialize device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
+ *)
+ create_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Free device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
+ *)
+ free_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl;
+
+ end;
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+ TAVStreamParseType = (
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, (**< full parsing and repack *)
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, (**< Only parse headers, do not repack. *)
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, (**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary *)
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, (**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently *)
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW = $57415230 // MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'),
+ (**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
+ this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
+ just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail *)
+ );
+
+ TAVIndexEntry = record
+ pos: cint64;
+ timestamp: cint64; (**<
+ * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
+ * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
+ * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
+ * is known
+ *)
+ { Delphi doesn't support bitfields -> use flags_size instead
+ int flags:2;
+ int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
+ }
+ flags_size: cint; // 0..1: flags, 2..31: size
+ min_distance: cint; (**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. *)
+ end;
+
+ Tduration_error = array[0..1] of array[0..MAX_STD_TIMEBASES - 1] of cdouble;
+ PStreamInfo = ^TStreamInfo;
+ TStreamInfo = record
+ last_dts: cint64;
+ duration_gcd: cint64;
+ duration_count: cint;
+ rfps_duration_sum: cint64;
+ duration_error: ^Tduration_error;
+ codec_info_duration: cint64;
+ codec_info_duration_fields: cint64;
+ (**
+ * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet.
+ * >0 -> decoder found
+ * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found
+ *)
+ found_decoder: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Those are used for average framerate estimation.
+ *)
+ fps_first_dts: cint64;
+ fps_first_dts_idx: cint;
+ fps_last_dts: cint64;
+ fps_last_dts_idx: cint;
+ end;
+
+ (**
+ * Stream structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *)
+ TAVStream = record
+ index: cint; (**< stream index in AVFormatContext *)
+ (**
+ * Format-specific stream ID.
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
+ *)
+ id: cint; (**< format-specific stream ID *)
+ (**
+ * Codec context associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
+ * libavformat.
+ *
+ * - decoding: The demuxer exports codec information stored in the headers
+ * here.
+ * - encoding: The user sets codec information, the muxer writes it to the
+ * output. Mandatory fields as specified in AVCodecContext
+ * documentation must be set even if this AVCodecContext is
+ * not actually used for encoding.
+ *)
+ codec: PAVCodecContext; (**< codec context *)
+ priv_data: pointer;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_LAVF_FRAC}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field is unused
+ *)
+ pts: TAVFrac; {attribute_deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
+ * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
+ * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
+ * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
+ * user-provided one, depending on the format).
+ *)
+ time_base: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
+ * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
+ * it to really is the pts of the first frame.
+ * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
+ * demuxer must NOT set this.
+ *)
+ start_time: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
+ * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
+ * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
+ *)
+ duration: cint64;
+
+ nb_frames: cint64; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
+
+ disposition: cint; (**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bitfield *)
+
+ discard: TAVDiscard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
+
+ (**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavformat.
+ *)
+ sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+
+ metadata: PAVDictionary;
+
+ (**
+ * Average framerate
+ *
+ * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *)
+ avg_frame_rate: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
+ * will contain the attached picture.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
+ * encoding: unused
+ *)
+ attached_pic: TAVPacket;
+
+ (**
+ * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
+ * container does not allow it to change between packets).
+ *
+ * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
+ * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
+ * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
+ * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
+ * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
+ * changes), then it does not appear in this array.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ *
+ * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
+ *)
+ side_data: PAVPacketSideData;
+
+ (**
+ * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
+ *)
+ nb_side_data: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must
+ * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ *)
+ event_flags: cint;
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+
+ (**
+ * Stream information used internally by av_find_stream_info()
+ *)
+ info: PStreamInfo;
+
+ pts_wrap_bits: cint; (**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) *)
+
+ // Timestamp generation support:
+ (**
+ * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point.
+ *
+ * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and
+ * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to
+ * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default.
+ *)
+ first_dts: cint64;
+ cur_dts: cint64;
+ last_IP_pts: cint64;
+ last_IP_duration: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing
+ *)
+ probe_packets: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of frames that have been demuxed during av_find_stream_info()
+ *)
+ codec_info_nb_frames: cint;
+
+ (* av_read_frame() support *)
+ need_parsing: TAVStreamParseType;
+ parser: PAVCodecParserContext;
+
+ (**
+ * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing.
+ *)
+ last_in_packet_buffer: PAVPacketList;
+ probe_data: TAVProbeData;
+ pts_buffer: array [0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of cint64;
+
+ index_entries: PAVIndexEntry; (**< Only used if the format does not
+ support seeking natively. *)
+ nb_index_entries: cint;
+ index_entries_allocated_size: cuint;
+
+ (**
+ * Real base framerate of the stream.
+ * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
+ * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
+ * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
+ * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
+ * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
+ *
+ * Code outside avformat should access this field using:
+ * av_stream_get/set_r_frame_rate(stream)
+ *)
+ r_frame_rate: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * Stream Identifier
+ * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1
+ * 0 means unknown
+ *)
+ stream_identifier: cint;
+
+ interleaver_chunk_size: cint64;
+ interleaver_chunk_duration: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * stream probing state
+ * -1 -> probing finished
+ * 0 -> no probing requested
+ * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept.
+ * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
+ *)
+ request_probe: cint;
+ (**
+ * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe
+ * should be discarded.
+ *)
+ skip_to_keyframe: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet.
+ *)
+ skip_samples: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream.
+ * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be
+ * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless
+ * audio support.
+ *)
+ first_discard_sample: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after
+ * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent
+ * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s).
+ *)
+ last_discard_sample: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access
+ * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure.
+ *)
+ nb_decoded_frames: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing
+ * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
+ *)
+ mux_ts_offset: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp
+ *)
+ pts_wrap_reference: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected.
+ *
+ * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values.
+ *
+ * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities:
+ * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset
+ * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps.
+ * Otherwise the offset will be added.
+ *)
+ pts_wrap_behavior: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice
+ *)
+ update_initial_durations_done: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Internal data to generate dts from pts
+ *)
+ pts_reorder_error: array[0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of cint64;
+ pts_reorder_error_count: array[0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of byte;
+
+ (**
+ * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams
+ *)
+ last_dts_for_order_check: cint64;
+ dts_ordered: byte;
+ dts_misordered: byte;
+
+ (**
+ * Internal data to inject global side data
+ *)
+ inject_global_side_data: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * String containing paris of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration.
+ * Paris are separated by ','.
+ * Keys are separated from values by '='.
+ *)
+ recommended_encoder_configuration: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally
+ *)
+ display_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+ end; (** TAVStream **)
+
+(**
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *)
+ TAVProgram = record
+ id: cint;
+ flags: cint;
+ discard: TAVDiscard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
+ stream_index: Pcuint;
+ nb_stream_indexes: cuint;
+ metadata: PAVDictionary;
+
+ program_num: cint;
+ pmt_pid: cint;
+ pcr_pid: cint;
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+ start_time: cint64;
+ end_time: cint64;
+
+ pts_wrap_reference: cint64; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
+ pts_wrap_behavior: cint; ///< behavior on wrap detection
+ end; (*AVProgram*)
+
+ PAVChapter = ^TAVChapter;
+ TAVChapter = record
+ id: cint; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
+ time_base: TAVRational; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
+ start, end_: cint64; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
+ metadata: PAVDictionary;
+ end; (*AVChapter*)
+
+ TAVChapterArray = array[0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVChapter))-1] of TAVChapter;
+ PAVChapterArray = ^TAVChapterArray;
+
+ (**
+ * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ *)
+ TAVDurationEstimationMethod = (
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
+ );
+
+ PAVFormatInternal = ^TAVFormatInternal;
+ TAVFormatInternal = record
+ (**
+ * Number of streams relevant for interleaving.
+ * Muxing only.
+ *)
+ nb_interleaved_streams: cint;
+ inject_global_side_data: cint;
+ end;
+
+ TAv_format_control_message = function (s: PAVFormatContext; type_: cint;
+ data: pointer; data_size: size_t): cint; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Format I/O context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
+ *)
+ TAVFormatContext = record
+ (**
+ * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
+ *)
+ av_class: PAVClass; (**< Set by avformat_alloc_context. *)
+
+ (**
+ * The input container format.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
+ *)
+ iformat: PAVInputFormat;
+
+ (**
+ * The output container format.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *)
+ oformat: PAVOutputFormat;
+
+ (**
+ * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
+ *
+ * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
+ *)
+ priv_data: pointer;
+
+ (*
+ * I/O context.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
+ * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
+ * take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
+ *
+ * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
+ * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
+ * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
+ *)
+ pb: PAVIOContext;
+
+ (* stream info *)
+ (**
+ * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
+ * Set by libavformat.
+ *)
+ ctx_flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
+ *
+ * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
+ *)
+ nb_streams: cuint;
+
+ (**
+ * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
+ * avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
+ * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
+ * appear in av_read_frame().
+ * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ *)
+ streams: PPAVStream;
+
+ (**
+ * input or output filename
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ *)
+ filename: array [0..1023] of AnsiChar; (* input or output filename *)
+
+ (**
+ * Position of the first frame of the component, in
+ * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
+ * It is deduced from the AVStream values.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ *)
+ start_time: cint64;
+ (**
+ * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
+ * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
+ * durations and also dont set any of them. This is deduced from the
+ * AVStream values if not set.
+ *)
+ duration: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
+ * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
+ * duration are known as ffmpeg can compute it automatically.
+ *)
+ bit_rate: cint;
+
+ packet_size: cuint;
+ max_delay: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
+ * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
+ *)
+ flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * @deprecated deprecated in favor of probesize2
+ *)
+ probesize: cuint;
+
+ (**
+ * @deprecated deprecated in favor of max_analyze_duration2
+ *)
+ max_analyze_duration: cint; {attribute_deprecated}
+
+ key: pbyte;
+ keylen: cint;
+
+ nb_programs: cuint;
+ programs: PPAVProgram;
+
+ (**
+ * Forced video codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ *)
+ video_codec_id: TAVCodecID;
+
+ (**
+ * Forced audio codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ *)
+ audio_codec_id: TAVCodecID;
+
+ (**
+ * Forced subtitle codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ *)
+ subtitle_codec_id: TAVCodecID;
+
+ (**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
+ * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
+ * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
+ * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
+ * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
+ * this.
+ * - muxing: unused
+ * - demuxing: set by user
+ *)
+ max_index_size: cuint;
+
+ (**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
+ * obtained from realtime capture devices.
+ *)
+ max_picture_buffer: cuint;
+
+ nb_chapters: cuint;
+ chapters: PAVChapterArray;
+
+ (**
+ * Metadata that applies to the whole file.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ *)
+ metadata: PAVDictionary;
+
+ (**
+ * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
+ * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
+ * stream was captured at this real world time.
+ * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
+ * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
+ * be used.
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
+ * the value may become known after some number of frames
+ * have been received.
+ *)
+ start_time_realtime: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ *)
+ fps_probe_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
+ * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ *)
+ error_recognition: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
+ *
+ * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
+ * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
+ * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
+ * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
+ * open the file.
+ *)
+ interrupt_callback: TAVIOInterruptCB;
+
+ (**
+ * Flags to enable debugging.
+ *)
+ debug: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
+ *
+ * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
+ * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
+ * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
+ * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
+ *
+ * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
+ * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
+ * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
+ * the streams.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *)
+ max_interleave_delta: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Allow non-standard and experimental extension
+ * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
+ *)
+ strict_std_compliance: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must
+ * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ *)
+ event_flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
+ * Decoding only.
+ *)
+ max_ts_probe: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
+ * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
+ * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use)
+ * - muxing: Set by user
+ * - demuxing: unused
+ *)
+ avoid_negative_ts: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Transport stream id.
+ * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
+ *)
+ ts_id: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Audio preload in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ audio_preload: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Max chunk time in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ max_chunk_duration: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Max chunk size in bytes
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ max_chunk_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
+ * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ use_wallclock_as_timestamps: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ avio_flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ duration_estimation_method: TAVDurationEstimationMethod;
+
+ (**
+ * Skip initial bytes when opening stream
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ skip_initial_bytes: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Correct single timestamp overflows
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user via AVOPtions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ correct_ts_overflow: cuint;
+
+ (**
+ * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user via AVOPtions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ seek2any: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Flush the I/O context after each packet.
+ * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *)
+ flush_packets: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * format probing score.
+ * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
+ * the format.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user via av_format_get_probe_score() (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ probe_score: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user through AVOPtions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ format_probesize: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user through AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ codec_whitelist: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user through AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ format_whitelist: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ *)
+
+ (**
+ * This buffer is only needed when packets were already buffered but
+ * not decoded, for example to get the codec parameters in MPEG
+ * streams.
+ *)
+ packet_buffer: PAVPacketList;
+ packet_buffer_end_: PAVPacketList;
+
+ (* av_seek_frame() support *)
+ data_offset: cint64; (**< offset of the first packet *)
+
+ (**
+ * Raw packets from the demuxer, prior to parsing and decoding.
+ * This buffer is used for buffering packets until the codec can
+ * be identified, as parsing cannot be done without knowing the
+ * codec.
+ *)
+ raw_packet_buffer_: PAVPacketList;
+ raw_packet_buffer_end_: PAVPacketList;
+ (**
+ * Packets split by the parser get queued here.
+ *)
+ parse_queue: PAVPacketList;
+ parse_queue_end: PAVPacketList;
+ (**
+ * Remaining size available for raw_packet_buffer, in bytes.
+ *)
+ raw_packet_buffer_remaining_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Offset to remap timestamps to be non-negative.
+ * Expressed in timebase units.
+ * @see AVStream.mux_ts_offset
+ *)
+ offset: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Timebase for the timestamp offset.
+ *)
+ offset_timebase: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
+ * Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
+ *)
+ internal: PAVFormatInternal;
+
+ (**
+ * IO repositioned flag.
+ * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
+ * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
+ * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
+ *)
+ io_repositioned: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Forced video codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_video_codec (NO direct access).
+ *)
+ video_codec: PAVCodec;
+
+ (**
+ * Forced audio codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_audio_codec (NO direct access).
+ *)
+ audio_codec: PAVCodec;
+
+ (**
+ * Forced subtitle codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user via av_format_set_subtitle_codec (NO direct access).
+ *)
+ subtitle_codec: PAVCodec;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
+ * Demuxing: Unused.
+ * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
+ *)
+ metadata_header_padding: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * User data.
+ * This is a place for some private data of the user.
+ * Mostly usable with control_message_cb or any future callbacks in device's context.
+ *)
+ opaque: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ *)
+ control_message_cb: TAv_format_control_message;
+
+ (**
+ * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
+ * Muxing: set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access)
+ *)
+ output_ts_offset: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
+ * from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info()
+ * via AVOptions (NO direct access).
+ * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
+ *)
+ max_analyze_duration2: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining
+ * the input container format.
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input()
+ * via AVOptions (NO direct access).
+ *)
+ probesize2: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * Code outside libavformat should access this field using AVOptions
+ * (NO direct access).
+ * - muxing: Set by user.
+ * - demuxing: Set by user.
+ *)
+ dump_separator: Pcuint8;
+ end; (** TAVFormatContext **)
+
+function av_format_get_probe_score(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_format_get_video_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_set_video_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_format_get_audio_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_set_audio_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_format_get_subtitle_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_set_subtitle_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(s: PAVFormatContext; c: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_get_opaque(s: {const} PAVFormatContext);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_set_opaque(s: PAVFormatContext; opaque: pointer);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_format_get_control_message_cb(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): TAv_format_control_message;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_format_set_control_message_cb(s: PAVFormatContext; callback: TAv_format_control_message);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
+ * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
+ *)
+procedure av_format_inject_global_side_data(s: PAVFormatContext);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
+ *
+ * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
+ *)
+function av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(ctx: {const} PAVFormatContext): TAVDurationEstimationMethod;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function av_stream_get_r_frame_rate({const} s: PAVStream): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(s: PAVStream; r: TAVRational);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_stream_get_parser(s: {const} PAVStream): PAVCodecParserContext;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+function av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration({const} s: PAVStream): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(s: PAVStream; configuration: PAnsiChar);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
+ *
+ * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
+ *)
+function av_stream_get_end_pts(st: {const} PAVStream): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ *
+ * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
+ * etc.
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function avformat_version(): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function avformat_configuration(): {const} PansiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavformat license.
+ *)
+function avformat_license(): {const} PansiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and
+ * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select
+ * exactly which formats you want to support.
+ *
+ * @see av_register_input_format()
+ * @see av_register_output_format()
+ * @see av_register_protocol()
+ *)
+procedure av_register_all();
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure av_register_input_format(format: PAVInputFormat);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_register_output_format(format: PAVOutputFormat);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional,
+ * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly
+ * doing the setup for each session.
+ *
+ * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network
+ * protocols at some major version bump.
+ *)
+function avformat_network_init(): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init.
+ *)
+function avformat_network_deinit(): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format,
+ * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
+ * or NULL if f is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_iformat_next(f: {const} PAVInputFormat): PAVInputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+(**
+ * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format,
+ * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
+ * or NULL if f is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_oformat_next(f: {const} PAVOutputFormat): PAVOutputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext.
+ * Can be freed with av_free() but do not forget to free everything you
+ * explicitly allocated as well!
+ *)
+function avformat_alloc_context(): PAVFormatContext;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
+ * @param s context to free
+ *)
+procedure avformat_free_context(s: PAVFormatContext);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function avformat_get_class(): {const} PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Add a new stream to a media file.
+ *
+ * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
+ * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
+ * be called in read_packet().
+ *
+ * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to
+ * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream
+ * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific
+ * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known.
+ *
+ * @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
+ *)
+function avformat_new_stream(s: PAVFormatContext; c: {const} PAVCodec): PAVStream;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get side information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ *)
+function av_stream_get_side_data(stream: PAVStream;
+ type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; size: Pcint): Pcuint8;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function av_new_program(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint): PAVProgram;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_PKT_DUMP}
+procedure av_pkt_dump(f: PAVFile; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint); {deprecated}
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure av_pkt_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint); {deprecated}
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
+ * everything allocated by the framework within it.
+ *
+ * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in
+ * case of failure
+ * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
+ * format_name and filename are used instead
+ * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
+ * context, if NULL filename is used instead
+ * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
+ * context, may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
+ * failure
+ *)
+function avformat_alloc_output_context2(ctx: PPAVFormatContext; oformat: PAVOutputFormat;
+ {const} format_name: PAnsiChar; {const} filename: PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
+ *)
+function av_find_input_format(short_name: PAnsiChar): PAVInputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ *)
+function av_probe_input_format(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint): PAVInputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
+ * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
+ * score afterwards.
+ * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
+ * to retry with a larger probe buffer.
+ *)
+function av_probe_input_format2(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_max: PCint): PAVInputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
+ *)
+function av_probe_input_format3(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_ret: Pcint): PAVInputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
+ * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
+ * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
+ * with the highest score is returned.
+ *
+ * @param pb the bytestream to probe
+ * @param fmt the input format is put here
+ * @param filename the filename of the stream
+ * @param logctx the log context
+ * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
+ * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ *)
+function av_probe_input_buffer(pb: PAVIOContext; var fmt: PAVInputFormat;
+ filename: {const} PAnsiChar; logctx: pointer;
+ offset: cuint; max_probe_size: cuint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
+ * The stream must be closed with av_close_input_file().
+ *
+ * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context).
+ * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
+ * function and written into ps.
+ * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure.
+ * @param filename Name of the stream to open.
+ * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
+ * Otherwise the format is autodetected.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
+ *)
+function avformat_open_input(ps: PPAVFormatContext; filename: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: PAVInputFormat; options: PPAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function av_demuxer_open(ic: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
+ * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
+ * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
+ * frame mode.
+ * The logical file position is not changed by this function;
+ * examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
+ * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
+ * codec corresponding to i-th stream.
+ * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
+ * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *
+ * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
+ * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
+ *
+ * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
+ * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
+ *)
+function avformat_find_stream_info(ic: PAVFormatContext; options: PPAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
+ * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
+ * @param s stream index
+ * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
+ * the last program is not among the programs of ic.
+ *)
+function av_find_program_from_stream(ic: PAVFormatContext; last: PAVProgram; s: cint): PAVProgram;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Find the "best" stream in the file.
+ * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
+ * likely to be what the user expects.
+ * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
+ * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
+ * be found are ignored.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
+ * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
+ * or -1 for automatic selection
+ * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
+ * program) to this one, or -1 if none
+ * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
+ * selected stream
+ * @param flags flags; none are currently defined
+ * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
+ * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
+ * could be found,
+ * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
+ * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
+ * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
+ *)
+function av_find_best_stream(ic: PAVFormatContext;
+ type_: TAVMediaType;
+ wanted_stream_nb: cint;
+ related_stream: cint;
+ decoder_ret: PPAVCodec;
+ flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the next frame of a stream.
+ * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
+ * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
+ * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
+ * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
+ * information possible for decoding.
+ *
+ * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next
+ * av_read_frame() or until av_close_input_file(). Otherwise the packet is valid
+ * indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with
+ * av_free_packet when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains
+ * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each
+ * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames
+ * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
+ *
+ * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
+ * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
+ * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
+ * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
+ * decompress the payload.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file
+ *)
+function av_read_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
+ * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
+ * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
+ * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
+ * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ *)
+function av_seek_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; timestamp: cint64;
+ flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+
+(**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ *
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
+ * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
+ * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
+ * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
+ * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
+ * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param ts target timestamp
+ * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param flags flags
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
+ * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect
+ * ABI compatibility yet!
+ *)
+function avformat_seek_file(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; min_ts, ts, max_ts: cint64; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
+ * current position.
+ *)
+function av_read_play(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
+ *
+ * Use av_read_play() to resume it.
+ *)
+function av_read_pause(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
+ * and set *s to NULL.
+ *)
+procedure avformat_close_input(s: PPAVFormatContext);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+const
+ AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD = 1; ///< seek backward
+ AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE = 2; ///< seeking based on position in bytes
+ AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY = 4; ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
+ AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME = 8;
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ *)
+(**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
+ * an output media file.
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
+ * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next.
+ *)
+function avformat_write_header(s: PAVFormatContext; options: {PPAVDictionary} pointer): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file.
+ *
+ * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
+ * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
+ * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
+ * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
+ * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
+ * an internal reference to the input packet).
+ * <br>
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
+ * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
+ * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
+ * output.
+ * <br>
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". It is very strongly
+ * recommended that timing information (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref
+ * AVPacket.dts "dts", @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") is set to
+ * correct values.
+ * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
+ *
+ * @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
+ *)
+function av_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
+ *
+ * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
+ * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of
+ * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
+ * av_write_frame() instead of this function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
+ * <br>
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
+ * fit.
+ * The caller must not access the data through this reference after
+ * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted,
+ * libavformat will make a copy.
+ * <br>
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
+ * flush the interleaving queues.
+ * <br>
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". It is very strongly
+ * recommended that timing information (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref
+ * AVPacket.dts "dts", @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") is set to
+ * correct values.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always
+ * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails.
+ *
+ * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
+ *)
+function av_interleaved_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
+ * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used.
+ *
+ * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details.
+ *)
+function av_write_uncoded_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+ frame: PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * If the muxer supports it, this function allows to write an AVFrame
+ * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
+ * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
+ * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
+ *
+ * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
+ * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
+ *
+ * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
+ * afterwards.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
+ *)
+function av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+ frame: PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+
+(**
+ * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
+ * <0 if not
+ *)
+function av_write_uncoded_frame_query(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
+ * file private data.
+ *
+ * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *)
+function av_write_trailer(s: pAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
+ * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
+ * there is no match.
+ *
+ * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
+ * names of the registered formats
+ * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
+ * extensions of the registered formats
+ * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
+ * MIME type of the registered formats
+ *)
+function av_guess_format(short_name: PAnsiChar;
+ filename: PAnsiChar;
+ mime_type: PAnsiChar): PAVOutputFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
+ *)
+function av_guess_codec(fmt: PAVOutputFormat; short_name: PAnsiChar;
+ filename: PAnsiChar; mime_type: PAnsiChar;
+ type_: TCodecType): TAVCodecID;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get timing information for the data currently output.
+ * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
+ * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
+ * work in real time.
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream stream in the media file
+ * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
+ * time_base units
+ * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
+ * in microsecond
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it
+ * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
+ * atomically.
+ *)
+function av_get_output_timestamp(s: PAVFormatContext; stream: cint;
+ dts: Pcint64; wall: Pcint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
+
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * @
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
+ * (or neither).
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ *)
+procedure av_hex_dump(f: PAVFile; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint); {<-?FILE}
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump, av_pkt_dump_log
+ *)
+procedure av_hex_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ *)
+procedure av_pkt_dump2(f: PAVFile; pkt: {const} PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint; st: {const} PAVStream);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ *)
+procedure av_pkt_dump_log2(avcl: pointer; level: cint; pkt: {const} PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint;
+ st: {const} PAVStream);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
+ * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
+ *)
+function av_codec_get_id(var tags: PAVCodecTag; tag: cuint): TAVCodecID;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Getsthe codec tag for the given codec id id.
+ * If no codec tag is found returns 0.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
+ *)
+function av_codec_get_tag(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TAVCodecID): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
+ * @param tag A pointer to the found tag
+ * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
+ *)
+function av_codec_get_tag2(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TAVCodecID;
+ tag: Pcuint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function av_find_default_stream_index(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the index for a specific timestamp.
+ *
+ * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
+ * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
+ * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
+ * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ * is 0, then it will be >=
+ * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
+ * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
+ *)
+function av_index_search_timestamp(st: PAVStream; timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
+ * already contains it.
+ *
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in the timebase of the given stream
+ *)
+function av_add_index_entry(st: PAVStream; pos: cint64; timestamp: cint64;
+ size: cint; distance: cint; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Split a URL string into components.
+ *
+ * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
+ * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
+ * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
+ * value.
+ *
+ * @param proto the buffer for the protocol
+ * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
+ * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
+ * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
+ * @param hostname the buffer for the host name
+ * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
+ * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
+ * @param path the buffer for the path
+ * @param path_size the size of the path buffer
+ * @param url the URL to split
+ *)
+procedure av_url_split(proto: PAnsiChar; proto_size: cint;
+ authorization: PAnsiChar; authorization_size: cint;
+ hostname: PAnsiChar; hostname_size: cint;
+ port_ptr: Pcint;
+ path: PAnsiChar; path_size: cint;
+ url: {const} PAnsiChar);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
+ * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
+ * codec and time base.
+ *
+ * @param ic the context to analyze
+ * @param index index of the stream to dump information about
+ * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
+ * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
+ *)
+procedure av_dump_format(ic: PAVFormatContext;
+ index: cint;
+ url: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ is_output: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
+ *
+ * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
+ * of digits and '%%'.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer
+ * @param buf_size destination buffer size
+ * @param path numbered sequence string
+ * @param number frame number
+ * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
+ *)
+function av_get_frame_filename(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint;
+ path: {const} PAnsiChar; number: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
+ *
+ * @param filename possible numbered sequence string
+ * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
+ *)
+function av_filename_number_test(filename: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
+ *
+ * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
+ * for getting unique dynamic payload types.
+ *
+ * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
+ * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
+ * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
+ * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
+ * must contain only one AVStream.
+ * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
+ * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
+ * the caller)
+ * @param size the size of the buffer
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *)
+function av_sdp_create(ac: pointer; n_files: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
+ * extensions, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
+ * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
+ *)
+function av_match_ext(filename: {const} Pchar; extensions: {const} Pchar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Test if the given container can store a codec.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
+ * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
+ * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
+ *
+ * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
+ * A negative number if this information is not available.
+ *)
+function avformat_query_codec(ofmt: {const} PAVOutputFormat; codec_id: TAVCodecID;
+ std_compliance: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
+ * @
+ * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
+ * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
+ * following code:
+ * @code
+ * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
+ * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
+ * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+(**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ *)
+function avformat_get_riff_video_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+(**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ *)
+function avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ *)
+function avformat_get_mov_video_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ *)
+function avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
+ * frame aspect ratio.
+ *
+ * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
+ * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
+ * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
+ *
+ * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
+ * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
+ * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
+ *
+ * @param format the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
+ * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
+ *)
+function av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(format: PAVFormatContext; stream: PAVStream; frame: PAVFrame): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
+ * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
+ *)
+function av_guess_frame_rate(ctx: PAVFormatContext; stream: PAVStream; frame: PAVFrame): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
+ * spec.
+ *
+ * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
+ * of spec.
+ *
+ * @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
+ * 0 if st is not matched by spec;
+ * AVERROR code if spec is invalid
+ *
+ * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
+ *)
+function avformat_match_stream_specifier(s: PAVFormatContext; st: PAVStream;
+ spec: PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avformat_queue_attached_pictures(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avio.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c342f8de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavformat/avio.h
+ * unbuffered I/O operations
+ * @warning This file has to be considered an internal but installed
+ * header, so it should not be directly included in your projects.
+ *
+ * update to
+ * avformat version: 56.4.101
+ *)
+
+unit avio;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI }
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ {$IFDEF UNIX}
+ BaseUnix, // for SEEK_CUR
+ {$ENDIF}
+ avcodec,
+ avutil,
+ SysUtils,
+ UConfig;
+
+(**
+ * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
+ * They may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *)
+const
+ FF_API_URL_CLASS = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 53);
+
+const
+ AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL = 0001; (**< Seeking works like for a local file *)
+
+type
+ TReadWriteFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+ TSeekFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+ Tcallback = function(p: pointer): cint; cdecl;
+
+type
+(**
+ * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
+ * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
+ * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
+ * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
+ * blocking operation will be aborted.
+ *
+ * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
+ * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
+ * or AVIOContext.
+ *)
+ PAVIOInterruptCB = ^TAVIOInterruptCB;
+ TAVIOInterruptCB = record
+ callback: Tcallback;
+ opaque: pointer;
+ end; (*TAVIOInterruptCB*)
+
+(**
+ * Bytestream IO Context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *
+ * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
+ * directly, they should only be set by the client application
+ * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
+ * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
+ *)
+ PPAVIOContext = ^PAVIOContext;
+ PAVIOContext = ^TAVIOContext;
+ TAVIOContext = record
+ (**
+ * A class for private options.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
+ * passes the options down to protocols.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
+ * to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
+ *)
+ av_class: {const} PAVClass;
+ buffer: PByteArray; (**< Start of the buffer. *)
+ buffer_size: cint; (**< Maximum buffer size *)
+ buf_ptr: PByteArray; (**< Current position in the buffer *)
+ buf_end: PByteArray; (**< End of the data, may be less than
+ buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
+ less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
+ no more data has been received yet. *)
+ opaque: pointer; (**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
+ functions. *)
+ read_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+ write_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+ seek: TSeekFunc;
+ pos: cint64; (**< position in the file of the current buffer *)
+ must_flush: cint; (**< true if the next seek should flush *)
+ eof_reached: cint; (**< true if eof reached *)
+ write_flag: cint; (**< true if open for writing *)
+ max_packet_size: cint;
+ checksum: culong;
+ checksum_ptr: PByteArray;
+ update_checksum: function (checksum: culong; buf: {const} PAnsiChar; size: cuint): culong; cdecl;
+ error: cint; (**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened *)
+ (**
+ * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
+ *)
+ read_pause: function(opaque: Pointer; pause: cint): cint; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
+ * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
+ * to byte position.
+ *)
+ read_seek: function(opaque: Pointer; stream_index: cint;
+ timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+ (**
+ * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
+ *)
+ seekable: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * max filesize, used to limit allocations
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ *)
+ maxsize: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ *)
+ direct: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Bytes read statistic
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ *)
+ bytes_read: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * seek statistic
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ *)
+ seek_count: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * writeout statistic
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ *)
+ writeout_count: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Original buffer size
+ * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ *)
+ orig_buffer_size: cint;
+ end;
+
+(* unbuffered I/O *)
+
+(**
+ * Return AVIO_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
+ * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
+ * masked by the value in flags.
+ *
+ * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
+ * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
+ * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
+ * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
+ * checked resource.
+ *)
+function avio_check(url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
+ * freed with av_free().
+ *
+ * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
+ * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
+ * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
+ * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
+ * which must be later freed with av_free().
+ * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
+ * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
+ * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
+ * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
+ * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
+ * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
+ * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
+ * The function may not change the input buffers content.
+ * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
+ *)
+function avio_alloc_context(
+ buffer: PAnsiChar;
+ buffer_size: cint;
+ write_flag: cint;
+ opaque: Pointer;
+ read_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+ write_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+ seek: TSeekFunc): PAVIOContext;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure avio_w8(s: PAVIOContext; b: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_write(s: PAVIOContext; buf: {const} PAnsiChar; size: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wl64(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint64);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wb64(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint64);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wl32(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wb32(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wl24(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wb24(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wl16(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure avio_wb16(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a NULL-terminated string.
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ *)
+function avio_put_str(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ *)
+function avio_put_str16le(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+const
+(**
+ * Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
+ * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
+ *)
+ AVSEEK_SIZE = $10000;
+
+(**
+ * Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
+ * means that can be extremely slow.
+ * This may be ignored by the seek code.
+ *)
+ AVSEEK_FORCE = $20000;
+
+(**
+ * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ *)
+function avio_seek(s: PAVIOContext; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Skip given number of bytes forward
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ *)
+function avio_skip(s: PAVIOContext; offset: cint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+(**
+ * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return position or AVERROR.
+ *)
+function avio_tell(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+{$ELSE}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Get the filesize.
+ * @return filesize or AVERROR
+ *)
+function avio_size(s: PAVIOContext): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return non zero if and only if end of file
+ *)
+function avio_feof(s: PAVIOContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_URL_FEOF}
+(**
+ * @deprecated use avio_feof()
+ *)
+function url_feof(s: PAVIOContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format; {attribute_deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(** @warning currently size is limited *)
+function avio_printf(s: PAVIOContext; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; args: array of const): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Force flushing of buffered data.
+ *
+ * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
+ * without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
+ *
+ * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
+ * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
+ * read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
+ *)
+procedure avio_flush(s: PAVIOContext);
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ *)
+function avio_read(s: PAVIOContext; buf: Pbyte; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
+ * @
+ *
+ * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
+ * necessary
+ *)
+function avio_r8(s: PAVIOContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rl16(s: PAVIOContext): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rl24(s: PAVIOContext): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rl32(s: PAVIOContext): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rl64(s: PAVIOContext): cuint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rb16(s: PAVIOContext): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rb24(s: PAVIOContext): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rb32(s: PAVIOContext): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_rb64(s: PAVIOContext): cuint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+(**
+ * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
+ * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
+ * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
+ * will be truncated if buf is too small.
+ * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
+ * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
+ * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
+ * bytes actually read.
+ *)
+function avio_get_str(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
+ * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
+ * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
+ *)
+function avio_get_str16le(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function avio_get_str16be(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * @name URL open modes
+ * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
+ * constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
+ * @{
+ *)
+const
+ AVIO_FLAG_READ = 1; (**< read-only *)
+ AVIO_FLAG_WRITE = 2; (**< write-only *)
+ AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE = {(AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE)} 3; (**< read-write pseudo flag *)
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+
+const
+(**
+ * Use non-blocking mode.
+ * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
+ * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
+ * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
+ * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
+ * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
+ * silently ignored.
+ *)
+ AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK = 8;
+
+(**
+ * Use direct mode.
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ *)
+ AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT = $8000;
+
+(**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+function avio_open(s: PPAVIOContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+function avio_open2(s: PPAVIOContext; {const} url: PAnsiChar; flags: cint;
+ {const} int_cb: PAVIOInterruptCB; options: PPAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_close
+ *)
+function avio_close(s: PAVIOContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
+ * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_close
+ *)
+function avio_closep(s: PPAVIOContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Open a write only memory stream.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ *)
+function avio_open_dyn_buf(s: PPAVIOContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
+ * must be freed with av_free().
+ * Padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ *)
+function avio_close_dyn_buf(s: PAVIOContext; var pbuffer: Pcuint8): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Iterate through names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
+ * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
+ * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
+ * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
+ * otherwise over input protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
+ *)
+function avio_enum_protocols(var opaque: Pointer; output: cint): {const} PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
+ * protocol (e.g. MMS).
+ * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
+ *)
+function avio_pause(h: PAVIOContext; pause: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
+ * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
+ * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
+ * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
+ * units from the beginning of the presentation.
+ * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
+ * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail with ENOTSUP.
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
+ * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
+ * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
+ * fail with ENOTSUP if used and not supported.
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ * @see AVInputFormat: : read_seek
+ *)
+function avio_seek_time(h: PAVIOContext; stream_index: cint;
+ timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. *)
+type
+ PAVBPrint = ^TAVBPrint;
+ TAVBPrint = record
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
+ *
+ * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
+ * code otherwise
+ *)
+function avio_read_to_bprint(h: PAVIOContext; pb: PAVBPrint; max_size: size_t): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__format;
+
+implementation
+
+(**
+ * For SEEK_CUR on Windows
+ * values taken from stdio.h of C
+ *)
+{$IFNDEF SEEK_SET}
+const
+ SEEK_SET = 0;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF SEEK_CUR}
+const
+ SEEK_CUR = 1;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF SEEK_END}
+const
+ SEEK_END = 2;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function avio_tell(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result := avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avutil.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avutil.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1cfbbfcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/avutil.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversions of
+ *
+ * libavutil/avutil.h:
+ * version: 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit avutil;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI}
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+ {$MACRO ON} (* Turn macro support on *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *)
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ {$linklib libavutil}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ rational,
+ {$IFDEF UNIX}
+ BaseUnix,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ UConfig;
+
+const
+ (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 54;
+ LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 20;
+ LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100;
+ LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 54;
+ LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 20;
+ LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100;
+ LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION < LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION > LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+ // defines for Delphi
+ size_t = cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+ Psize_t = ^size_t;
+
+(**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function avutil_version(): cuint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function avutil_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ *)
+function avutil_license(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ *)
+
+type
+
+ PAVFile = pointer;
+
+ TAVMediaType = (
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ *)
+function av_get_media_type_string(media_type: TAVMediaType): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+const
+ FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT = 7;
+ FF_LAMBDA_SCALE = (1 shl FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT);
+ FF_QP2LAMBDA = 118; ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+ FF_LAMBDA_MAX = (256*128-1);
+
+ FF_QUALITY_SCALE = FF_LAMBDA_SCALE; //FIXME maybe remove
+
+(**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ *)
+
+ AV_NOPTS_VALUE = $8000000000000000;
+
+(**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ *)
+
+ AV_TIME_BASE = 1000000;
+
+(**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ *)
+
+ AV_TIME_BASE_Q : TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE);
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @
+ *)
+
+type
+ TAVPictureType = (
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI ///< BI type
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ *)
+function av_get_picture_type_char(pict_type: TAVPictureType): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ *)
+function av_x_if_null(p: {const} pointer; x: {const} pointer): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list pointer to the list
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ *)
+function av_int_list_length_for_size(elsize: cuint;
+ {const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; {av_pure}
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list pointer to the list
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ *)
+function av_int_list_length({const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint;
+
+(**
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
+ * errno.
+ *)
+function av_fopen_utf8(path: {const} Pchar; mode: {const} Pchar): PAVFile;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
+ *)
+function av_get_time_base_q: TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/cpu.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/dict.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/error.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/mathematics.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/mem.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/log.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/pixfmt.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/samplefmt.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/opt.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/buffer.pas}
+
+{$INCLUDE libavutil/frame.pas}
+
+
+(* libavutil/common.h *) // until now MKTAG and MKBETAG is all from common.h KMS 19/5/2010
+
+(**
+ * MKTAG and MKBETAG are usually used to convert a magic string to an enumeration index.
+ * In Pascal this can probably not be used and the functions could be removed.
+ * KMS 8/6/2012
+ *)
+function MKTAG (a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils;
+
+function av_x_if_null(p: {const} pointer; x: {const} pointer): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ if p = nil then
+ Result := x
+ else
+ Result := p;
+end;
+
+function av_int_list_length({const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint;
+begin
+ // KMS 2013: It is not really clear whether it should be sizeof(pointer) or sizeof(cint).
+ // Going for the larger one (pointer) should at least prevent buffer overflows.
+ // So, the result is either 4 byte or 8 byte.
+ Result := av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(pointer), list, term);
+end;
+
+(* libavutil/common.h *)
+
+function MKTAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result := (ord(a) or (ord(b) shl 8) or (ord(c) shl 16) or (ord(d) shl 24));
+end;
+
+function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result := (ord(d) or (ord(c) shl 8) or (ord(b) shl 16) or (ord(a) shl 24));
+end;
+
+(* libavutil/error.h *)
+
+function av_make_error_string(errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: size_t; errnum: cint): Pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+ av_make_error_string := errbuf;
+end;
+
+function av_err2str(errnum: cint): pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+var
+ errbuf: Pchar;
+begin
+ errbuf := stralloc(AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE);
+ av_make_error_string(errbuf, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum);
+ av_err2str := errbuf;
+end;
+
+(* libavutil/mem.h *)
+
+function av_size_mult(a: size_t; b: size_t; r: Psize_t): size_t;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+(* To Be Implemented, March 2012 KMS *)
+//function av_size_mult(a: size_t; b: size_t; r: pointer): size_t;
+//begin
+// {
+// size_t t = a * b;
+// /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
+// * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+// if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+// return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+// *r = t;
+// return 0;
+//}
+//end;
+
+function av_malloc_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1,2)}
+begin
+ if (size <= 0 ) or (nmemb >= maxint / size) then
+ av_malloc_array := NIL
+ else
+ av_malloc_array := av_malloc(nmemb * size);
+end;
+
+function av_mallocz_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1,2)}
+begin
+ if (size <= 0 ) or (nmemb >= maxint / size) then
+ av_mallocz_array := NIL
+ else
+ av_mallocz_array := av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ff_api-defines.inc b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ff_api-defines.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a964caaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/ff_api-defines.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+// prevent pasdoc from parsing this file
+{$IFNDEF PASDOC}
+
+(**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *)
+
+(** avcodec defines *)
+{$ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS}
+{$define FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO}
+{$define FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO}
+{$define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO}
+{$define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CODEC_ID}
+{$define FF_API_CODEC_ID := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT}
+{$define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE}
+{$define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_DEINTERLACE}
+{$define FF_API_DEINTERLACE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET}
+{$define FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_GET_BUFFER}
+{$define FF_API_GET_BUFFER := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE}
+{$define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_LOWRES}
+{$define FF_API_LOWRES := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU}
+{$define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU}
+{$define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE}
+{$define FF_API_VOXWARE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS}
+{$define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV}
+{$define FF_API_DEBUG_MV := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC}
+{$define FF_API_AC_VLC := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4}
+{$define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED}
+{$define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_THREAD_OPAQUE}
+{$define FF_API_THREAD_OPAQUE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CODEC_PKT}
+{$define FF_API_CODEC_PKT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA}
+{$define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_XVMC}
+{$define FF_API_XVMC := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE}
+{$define FF_API_ERROR_RATE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE}
+{$define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE}
+{$define FF_API_MB_TYPE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES}
+{$define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES}
+{$define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE}
+{$define FF_API_EMU_EDGE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4}
+{$define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC}
+{$define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS}
+{$define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX}
+{$define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED}
+{$define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP}
+{$define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_GMC}
+{$define FF_API_GMC := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_MV0}
+{$define FF_API_MV0 := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME}
+{$define FF_API_CODEC_NAME := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AFD}
+{$define FF_API_AFD := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_VISMV}
+(* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation *)
+{$define FF_API_VISMV := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_DV_FRAME_PROFILE}
+{$define FF_API_DV_FRAME_PROFILE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY}
+{$define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE}
+{$define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT}
+{$define FF_API_MPV_OPT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)}
+{$endif}
+
+(* avutil defines *)
+{$ifndef FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT}
+{$define FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_FIND_OPT}
+{$define FF_API_FIND_OPT := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS}
+{$define FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_PIX_FMT}
+{$define FF_API_PIX_FMT := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CONTEXT_SIZE}
+{$define FF_API_CONTEXT_SIZE := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC}
+{$define FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AV_REVERSE}
+{$define FF_API_AV_REVERSE := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT}
+{$define FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CPU_FLAG_MMX2}
+{$define FF_API_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_SAMPLES_UTILS_RETURN_ZERO}
+{$define FF_API_SAMPLES_UTILS_RETURN_ZERO := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_LLS_PRIVATE}
+{$define FF_API_LLS_PRIVATE := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_LLS1}
+{$define FF_API_LLS1 :=(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+{$define FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_VDPAU}
+{$define FF_API_VDPAU := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_GET_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_COMPAT}
+{$define FF_API_GET_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_COMPAT := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPENCL}
+{$define FF_API_OLD_OPENCL := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_XVMC}
+{$define FF_API_XVMC := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_INTFLOAT
+{$define FF_API_INTFLOAT := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA}
+{$define FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_CONST_AVUTIL55}
+{$IFDEF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR >= 55}
+ {$define FF_CONST_AVUTIL55 := const}
+{$ELSE}
+ {$define FF_CONST_AVUTIL55}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$endif}
+
+(** avformat FF_API defines *)
+{$ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT}
+{$define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC}
+{$define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB}
+{$define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF}
+{$define FF_API_URL_FEOF := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT}
+{$define FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS}
+{$define FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_NEW_STREAM}
+{$define FF_API_NEW_STREAM := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO}
+{$define FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE}
+{$define FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_READ_PACKET}
+{$define FF_API_READ_PACKET := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ASS_SSA}
+{$define FF_API_ASS_SSA := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE}
+{$define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE := 1}
+{$endif}
+
+(** swscale FF_API defines *)
+{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS}
+{$define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 4)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME}
+{$define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_ARCH_BFIN}
+{$define FF_API_ARCH_BFIN := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 4)}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ENDIF PASDOC} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9cc78f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/channel_layout.h and libavcodec/audioconvert.h
+ * avutil version 52.66.100; avcodec version 55.52.102
+ *
+ *)
+
+(** libavutil/channel_layout.h **)
+
+(**
+ * @file
+ * audio channel layout utility functions
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ *)
+const
+ {* Audio channel masks *}
+ AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT = $00000001;
+ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT = $00000002;
+ AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER = $00000004;
+ AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY = $00000008;
+ AV_CH_BACK_LEFT = $00000010;
+ AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT = $00000020;
+ AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER = $00000040;
+ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER = $00000080;
+ AV_CH_BACK_CENTER = $00000100;
+ AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT = $00000200;
+ AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT = $00000400;
+ AV_CH_TOP_CENTER = $00000800;
+ AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT = $00001000;
+ AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER = $00002000;
+ AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT = $00004000;
+ AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT = $00008000;
+ AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER = $00010000;
+ AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT = $00020000;
+ AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT = $20000000; ///< Stereo downmix.
+ AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT = $40000000; ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
+ AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT: cuint64 = $0000000080000000;
+ AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT: cuint64 = $0000000100000000;
+ AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT: cuint64 = $0000000200000000;
+ AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT: cuint64 = $0000000400000000;
+ AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2: cuint64 = $0000000800000000;
+
+(** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+ * to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+ * to be the native codec channel order.
+ *)
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE = $8000000000000000;
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros
+ * @{
+ * *)
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO = (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO = (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT or AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or
+ AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or
+ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or
+ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or
+ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER or
+ AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+ AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX = (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT or AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT);
+
+type
+ AVMatrixEncoding = (
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding
+ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ * av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ * AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ *)
+function av_get_channel_layout(name: {const} PAnsiChar): cuint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ *)
+procedure av_get_channel_layout_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; nb_channels: cint; channel_layout: cuint64);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+type
+// Type definition from libavutil/bprint.h
+// The actual record is padded to a certain number of bytes.
+// As of now (2013) this number is 1024.
+ PAVBPrint = ^TAVBPrint;
+ TAVBPrint = record
+ case integer of
+ 0 : paddedRecord: array[1..1024] of byte;
+ 1 : begin
+ str: PAnsiChar; //** string so far */
+ len: cuint; //** length so far */
+ size: cuint; //** allocated memory */
+ size_max: cuint; //** maximum allocated memory */
+ reserved_internal_buffer: Pchar;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ *)
+procedure av_bprint_channel_layout(bp: PAVBPrint; nb_channels: cint; channel_layout: cuint64);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ *)
+function av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(channel_layout: cuint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *)
+function av_get_default_channel_layout(nb_channels: cint): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ * present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ * on error.
+ *)
+function av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(channel_layout: cuint64;
+ channel: cuint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ *)
+function av_channel_layout_extract_channel(channel_layout: cuint64; index: cint): cuint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ *)
+function av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel: cuint64): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error
+ *)
+function av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel: cuint64): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name name of the layout
+ * @return 0 if the layout exists,
+ * <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ *)
+function av_get_standard_channel_layout(index: cuint; layout: Pcuint64;
+ name: {const} PPAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT}
+
+(** libavcodec/audioconvert.h **)
+
+// type definition from libavcodec/audioconvert.c
+type
+ PAVAudioConvert = ^TAVAudioConvert;
+ TAVAudioConvert = record
+ in_channels, out_channels: cint;
+ fmt_pair: cint;
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Create an audio sample format converter context
+ * @param out_fmt Output sample format
+ * @param out_channels Number of output channels
+ * @param in_fmt Input sample format
+ * @param in_channels Number of input channels
+ * @param[in] matrix Channel mixing matrix (of dimension in_channel*out_channels). Set to NULL to ignore.
+ * @param flags See AV_CPU_FLAG_xx
+ * @return NULL on error
+ *)
+function av_audio_convert_alloc(out_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; out_channels: cint;
+ in_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; in_channels: cint;
+ matrix: {const} Pcfloat; flags: cint): PAVAudioConvert;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free audio sample format converter context
+ *)
+procedure av_audio_convert_free(ctx: PAVAudioConvert);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+type
+ P6 = array [1..6] of pointer;
+ I6 = array [1..6] of cint;
+
+(**
+ * Convert between audio sample formats
+ * @param[in] out array of output buffers for each channel. set to NULL to ignore processing of the given channel.
+ * @param[in] out_stride distance between consecutive output samples (measured in bytes)
+ * @param[in] in array of input buffers for each channel
+ * @param[in] in_stride distance between consecutive input samples (measured in bytes)
+ * @param len length of audio frame size (measured in samples)
+ *)
+function av_audio_convert(ctx: PAVAudioConvert;
+ out[6]: {const} P6; out_stride[6]: {const} I6;
+ in[6]: {const} P6; in_stride[6]: {const} I6; len: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IFEND} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/buffer.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/buffer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1502f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/buffer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+(*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/buffer.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+const
+(**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ *)
+ AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY = (1 << 0);
+
+type
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ *)
+ TAVBuffer = record
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ *)
+ PPAVBufferRef = ^PAVBufferRef;
+ PAVBufferRef = ^TAVBufferRef;
+ TAVBufferRef = record
+ buffer: TAVBuffer;
+ (**
+ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+ *)
+ data: PByte;
+ (**
+ * Size of data in bytes.
+ *)
+ size: cint;
+ end;
+
+ //callbacks used in the functions av_buffer_create and av_buffer_pool_init respectively
+ TFree = procedure(opaque: pointer; data: pbyte);
+ TAlloc = function(size: cint): PAVBufferRef;
+
+(**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ *)
+ PPAVBufferPool = ^PAVBufferPool;
+ PAVBufferPool = ^TAVBufferPool;
+ TAVBufferPool = record
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ *)
+function av_buffer_alloc(size: cint): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_allocz(size: cint): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data data array
+ * @param size size of data in bytes
+ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ *)
+
+function av_buffer_create(data: PByte; size: cint;
+ free: TFree;
+ opaque: pointer; flags: cint): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ *)
+procedure av_buffer_default_free(opaque: pointer; data: pbyte);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_ref(buf: PAVBufferRef): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ *)
+procedure av_buffer_unref(buf: PPAVBufferRef);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_is_writable(buf: {const} PAVBufferRef): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ *)
+procedure av_buffer_get_opaque(buf: {const} PAVBufferRef);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+function av_buffer_get_ref_count(buf: {const} PAVBufferRef): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_make_writable(buf: PPAVBufferRef): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_realloc(buf: PPAVBufferRef; size: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_pool_init(size: cint; alloc: TAlloc): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ * @see av_buffer_pool_can_uninit()
+ *)
+procedure av_buffer_pool_uninit(pool: PPAVBufferPool);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ *)
+function av_buffer_pool_get(pool: PAVBufferPool): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/cpu.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/cpu.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d2e02da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/cpu.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/cpu.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+const
+
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE = $80000000; (* force usage of selected flags (OR) *)
+
+ (* lower 16 bits - CPU features *)
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX = $0001; ///< standard MMX
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW = $0004; ///< AMD 3DNOW
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE = $0008; ///< SSE functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 = $0010; ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW = $40000000; ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT = $0020; ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 = $0040; ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW = $20000000; ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 = $0080; ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM = $10000000; ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 = $0100; ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 = $0200; ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX = $4000; ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP = $0400; ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 = $0800; ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV = $1001000; ///< supports cmov instruction
+
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 = $8000; ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 = $10000; ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 = $20000; ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 = $40000; ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC = $0001; ///< standard
+
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE = (1 << 0);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 = (1 << 1);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 = (1 << 2);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP = (1 << 3);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 = (1 << 4);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON = (1 << 5);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 = (1 << 6);
+ AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND = (1 <<16);
+
+(**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ *)
+function av_get_cpu_flags(): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ *)
+procedure av_force_cpu_flags(flags: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
+ * This function is mainly useful for testing.
+ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
+ *
+ * @warning this function is not thread safe.
+ *)
+procedure av_set_cpu_flags_mask(mask: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Parse CPU flags from a string.
+ *
+ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
+ *
+ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
+ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
+ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
+ *)
+function av_parse_cpu_flags(s: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ *)
+function av_parse_cpu_caps(flags: Pcuint; s: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ *)
+function av_cpu_count(): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/dict.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/dict.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8cf4e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/dict.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+(*
+ * AVDictionary
+ * copyright (c) 2011 Karl-Michael Schindler <karl-michael.schindler@web.de>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/dict.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+const
+ AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE = 1;
+ AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX = 2;
+ AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY = 4; (**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. *)
+ AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL = 8; (**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. *)
+ AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE = 16; (**< Don't overwrite existing entries. *)
+ AV_DICT_APPEND = 32; (**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
+ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. *)
+
+type
+ PAVDictionaryEntry = ^TAVDictionaryEntry;
+ TAVDictionaryEntry = record
+ key: PAnsiChar;
+ value: PAnsiChar;
+ end;
+
+(* with the "help" of libavutil/internal.h: *)
+
+ PPAVDictionary = ^PAVDictionary;
+ PAVDictionary = ^TAVDictionary;
+ TAVDictionary = record
+ count: cint;
+ elems: PAVDictionaryEntry;
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
+ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
+ *
+ * @param key matching key
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
+ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ *)
+function av_dict_get({const} m: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; {const} prev: PAVDictionaryEntry; flags: cint): PAVDictionaryEntry;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return number of entries in dictionary
+ *)
+function av_dict_count({const} m: PAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
+ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ *)
+function av_dict_set(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; {const} value: PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ *)
+function av_dict_set_int(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar;
+ value: cint64; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
+ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ * be duplicated.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *)
+function av_dict_parse_string(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} str: PAnsiChar;
+ {const} key_val_sep: PAnsiChar; {const} pairs_sep: PAnsiChar;
+ flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ *)
+procedure av_dict_copy(var dst: PAVDictionary; {const} src: PAVDictionary; flags: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @param[in] m dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ *)
+function av_dict_get_string({const} m: PAVDictionary; buffer: PPAnsiChar;
+ {const} key_val_sep: AnsiChar; {const} pairs_sep: AnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ *)
+procedure av_dict_free(var m: PAVDictionary);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/error.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/error.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59580fab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/error.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/error.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @
+ *)
+
+{* error handling *}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+ ENOENT = ESysENOENT;
+ EIO = ESysEIO;
+ ENOMEM = ESysENOMEM;
+ EINVAL = ESysEINVAL;
+ EDOM = ESysEDOM;
+ ENOSYS = ESysENOSYS;
+ EILSEQ = ESysEILSEQ;
+ EPIPE = ESysEPIPE;
+{$ELSE}
+ ENOENT = 2;
+ EIO = 5;
+ ENOMEM = 12;
+ EINVAL = 22;
+ EPIPE = 32; // just an assumption. needs to be checked.
+ EDOM = 33;
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ // Note: we assume that ffmpeg was compiled with MinGW.
+ // This must be changed if DLLs were compiled with cygwin.
+ ENOSYS = 40; // MSVC/MINGW: 40, CYGWIN: 88, LINUX/FPC: 38
+ EILSEQ = 42; // MSVC/MINGW: 42, CYGWIN: 138, LINUX/FPC: 84
+ {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * We need the sign of the error, because some platforms have
+ * E* and errno already negated. The previous version failed
+ * with Delphi, because it needed EINVAL defined.
+ * Warning: This code is platform dependent and assumes constants
+ * to be 32 bit.
+ * This version does the following steps:
+ * 1) shr 30: shifts the sign bit to bit position 2
+ * 2) and $00000002: sets all other bits to zero
+ * positive EINVAL gives 0, negative gives 2
+ * 3) - 1: positive EINVAL gives -1, negative 1
+ *)
+const
+ AVERROR_SIGN = (EINVAL shr 30) and $00000002 - 1;
+
+(*
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. *}
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. *}
+#else
+{* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. *}
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+*)
+
+const
+
+ // Note: function calls as constant-initializers are invalid
+ AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('B') shl 8) or (ord('S') shl 16) or (ord('F') shl 24)); ///< Bitstream filter not found
+ AVERROR_BUG = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('G') shl 16) or (ord('!') shl 24)); ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+ AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('F') shl 16) or (ord('S') shl 24)); ///< Buffer too small
+ AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('D') shl 8) or (ord('E') shl 16) or (ord('C') shl 24)); ///< Decoder not found
+ AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('D') shl 8) or (ord('E') shl 16) or (ord('M') shl 24)); ///< Demuxer not found
+ AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('E') shl 8) or (ord('N') shl 16) or (ord('C') shl 24)); ///< Encoder not found
+ AVERROR_EOF = -(ord('E') or (ord('O') shl 8) or (ord('F') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); ///< End of file
+ AVERROR_EXIT = -(ord('E') or (ord('X') shl 8) or (ord('I') shl 16) or (ord('T') shl 24)); ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+ AVERROR_EXTERNAL = -(ord('E') or (ord('X') shl 8) or (ord('T') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); ///< Generic error in an external library
+ AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('F') shl 8) or (ord('I') shl 16) or (ord('L') shl 24)); ///< Filter not found
+ AVERROR_INVALIDDATA = -(ord('I') or (ord('N') shl 8) or (ord('D') shl 16) or (ord('A') shl 24)); ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+ AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('M') shl 8) or (ord('U') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24)); ///< Muxer not found
+ AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('O') shl 8) or (ord('P') shl 16) or (ord('T') shl 24)); ///< Option not found
+ AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -(ord('P') or (ord('A') shl 8) or (ord('W') shl 16) or (ord('E') shl 24)); ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+ AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('P') shl 8) or (ord('R') shl 16) or (ord('O') shl 24)); ///< Protocol not found
+ AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('S') shl 8) or (ord('T') shl 16) or (ord('R') shl 24)); ///< Stream not found
+
+(**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ *)
+ AVERROR_BUG2 = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('G') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24));
+ AVERROR_UNKNOWN = -(ord('U') or (ord('N') shl 8) or (ord('K') shl 16) or (ord('N') shl 24)); ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+ AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL = -($2bb2afa8); ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+ AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED = -($636e6701); ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+ AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED = -($636e6702); ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+(* HTTP & RTSP errors *)
+ AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('0') shl 24));
+ AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('1') shl 24));
+ AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('3') shl 24));
+ AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('4') shl 24));
+ AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('X') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24));
+ AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR = -(ord($F8) or (ord('5') shl 8) or (ord('X') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24));
+
+ AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE = 64;
+
+(*
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ *)
+function av_strerror(errnum: cint; errbuf: PAnsiChar; errbuf_size: size_t): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ *)
+function av_make_error_string(errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: size_t; errnum: cint): Pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+// Note: defined in avutil.pas
+
+(**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ *)
+function av_err2str(errnum: cint): pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+// Note: defined in avutil.pas
+
+(**
+ * @}
+ *)
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/frame.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/frame.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87eb21ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/frame.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+(*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/frame.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+*)
+
+const
+ AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS = 8;
+
+ (** from the definitions of TAVFrame *)
+
+ (**
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT = (1 << 0);
+
+ FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM = 1;
+ FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE = 2;
+
+
+type
+(* is already in pixfmt.pas
+ TAVColorSpace = (
+ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0,
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4,
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M_ = 7,
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+ TAVColorRange = (
+ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
+ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
+ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+*)
+
+(* Note: AVPanScan is defined in avcodec.h but is here to avoid reference problems - Brian-ch 28/09/2014
+ *
+ * Pan Scan area.
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
+ *)
+ PAVPanScan = ^TAVPanScan;
+ TAVPanScan = record {24}
+ (*** id.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *)
+ id: cint;
+
+ (*** width and height in 1/16 pel
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *)
+ width: cint;
+ height: cint;
+
+ (*** position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *)
+ position: array [0..2] of array [0..1] of cint16;
+ end; {TAVPanScan}
+
+ (**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
+ *)
+ TAVFrameSideDataType = (
+ (**
+ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+ (**
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
+ * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
+ (**
+ * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
+ * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
+ (**
+ * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
+ (**
+ * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
+ (**
+ * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+ (**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
+ * presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+ (**
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
+ (**
+ * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
+ * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
+ * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
+ * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
+ (**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
+ * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
+ * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES
+ );
+
+ TAVActiveFormatDescription = (
+ AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
+ AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
+ AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
+ AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
+ AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
+ AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
+ AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15
+ ); {TAVActiveFormatDescription}
+
+ PAVFrameSideData = ^TAVFrameSideData;
+ TAVFrameSideData = record
+ type_: TAVFrameSideDataType;
+ data: PByte;
+ size: cint;
+ metadata: TAVDictionary;
+ end; {TAVFrameSideData}
+
+(**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
+ * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
+ * without breaking compatibility with each other.
+*)
+ PPAVFrame = ^PAVFrame;
+ PAVFrame = ^TAVFrame;
+ TAVFrame = record
+ (**
+ * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+ * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+ *
+ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+ *)
+ data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte;
+
+ (**
+ * For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
+ * For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
+ *
+ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+ * plane must be the same size.
+ *
+ * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
+ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
+ * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
+ *)
+ linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint;
+
+ (**
+ * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+ *
+ * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+ *
+ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+ *
+ * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(),
+ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+ *)
+ extended_data: ^pbyte;
+
+ (**
+ * width and height of the video frame
+ *)
+ width, height: cint;
+ (**
+ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+ *)
+ nb_samples: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+ *)
+ format: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+ *)
+ key_frame: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Picture type of the frame
+ *)
+ pict_type: TAVPictureType;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+ base: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte; {deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified
+ *)
+ sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+
+ (**
+ * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user)
+ *)
+ pts: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * pts copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame
+ *)
+ pkt_pts: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
+ * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+ * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+ *)
+ pkt_dts: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * picture number in bitstream order
+ *)
+ coded_picture_number: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * picture number in display order
+ *)
+ display_picture_number: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+ *)
+ quality: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+ reference: cint; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * QP table
+ *)
+ qscale_table: pbyte; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * QP store stride
+ *)
+ qstride: cint; {deprecated}
+ qscale_type: cint; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change
+ * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4
+ *)
+ mbskip_table: pbyte; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * motion vector table
+ * @code
+ * example:
+ * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2;
+ * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4;
+ * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1;
+ * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y];
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ motion_val: array [0..1] of pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * macroblock type table
+ * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2
+ *)
+ mb_type: PCuint; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * DCT coefficients
+ *)
+ dct_coeff: PsmallInt; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * motion reference frame index
+ * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec.
+ *)
+ ref_index: array [0..1] of pbyte; {deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ *)
+ opaque: pointer;
+
+ (**
+ * error
+ *)
+ error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+ type_: cint; {deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+ *)
+ repeat_pict: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+ *)
+ interlaced_frame: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+ *)
+ top_field_first: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+ *)
+ palette_has_changed: cint;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+ buffer_hints: cint; {deprecated}
+ (**
+ * Pan scan.
+ *)
+ pan_scan: PAVPanScan; {deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float
+ * PTS but can be anything).
+ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+ * that time,
+ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+ * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
+ *)
+ reordered_opaque: cint64;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC}
+ (**
+ * @deprecated this field is unused
+ *)
+ hwaccel_picture_private: pointer; {deprecated}
+ owner: pointer; {deprecated} (** Note: Should be a PAVCodecContext, but a type pointer is used to avoid a reference problem. *)
+ thread_opaque: pointer; {deprecated}
+
+ (**
+ * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents:
+ * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2)
+ *)
+ motion_subsample_log2: cuint8; {deprecated}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+ (**
+ * Sample rate of the audio data.
+ *)
+ sample_rate: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Channel layout of the audio data.
+ *)
+ channel_layout: cuint64;
+
+ (**
+ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
+ * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted.
+ *
+ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+ * extended_buf array.
+ *)
+ buf: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of PAVBufferRef;
+
+ (**
+ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+ *)
+ extended_buf: PPAVBufferRef;
+
+ (**
+ * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+ *)
+ nb_extended_buf: cint;
+
+ side_data: ^PAVFrameSideData;
+ nb_side_data: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
+ *
+ * @
+ *)
+
+ (**
+ * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
+ *)
+ flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * It must be accessed using av_frame_get_color_range() and
+ * av_frame_set_color_range().
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ color_range: TAVColorRange;
+
+ color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries;
+
+ color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic;
+
+ (**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * It must be accessed using av_frame_get_colorspace() and
+ * av_frame_set_colorspace().
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ *)
+ colorspace: TAVColorSpace;
+
+ chroma_location: TAVChromaLocation;
+
+ (**
+ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ *)
+ best_effort_timestamp: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_pos: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_duration: cint64;
+
+ (**
+ * metadata.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ *)
+ metadata: PAVDictionary;
+
+ (**
+ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+ * were errors during the decoding.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ *)
+ decode_error_flags: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_channels(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *)
+ channels: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+ * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
+ * av_frame_set_pkt_size().
+ * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ *)
+ pkt_size: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
+ *)
+ qp_table_buf: PAVBufferRef;
+ end; {TAVFrame}
+
+(**
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
+ * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
+ * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec.
+ *)
+function av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+procedure av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+function av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+procedure av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+function av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+procedure av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+function av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+procedure av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64);
+ cdecl; external av__codec; overload;
+function av_frame_get_channels (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_channels (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_sample_rate (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_sample_rate (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_metadata (frame: {const} PAVFrame): PAVDictionary;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_metadata (frame: PAVFrame; val: PAVDictionary);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_pkt_size (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_pkt_size (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(frame: PAVFrame): PPAVDictionary;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_qp_table(f: PAVFrame; stride: pcint; type_: pcint): PByte;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_set_qp_table(f: PAVFrame; buf: PAVBufferRef; stride: cint; type_: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+function av_frame_get_colorspace(frame: {const} PAVFrame): TAVColorSpace;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_colorspace(frame: PAVFrame; val: TAVColorSpace);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_frame_set_color_range(frame: PAVFrame; val: TAVColorSpace);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the name of a colorspace.
+ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
+ *)
+function av_get_colorspace_name(val: TAVColorSpace): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ *)
+function av_frame_alloc(): PAVFrame;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ *)
+procedure av_frame_free(frame: PPAVFrame);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ *)
+function av_frame_ref(dst: PAVFrame; src: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ *)
+function av_frame_clone(src: {const} PAVFrame): PAVFrame;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ *)
+procedure av_frame_unref(frame: PAVFrame);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Move everythnig contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ *)
+procedure av_frame_move_ref(dst, src: PAVFrame);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align required buffer size alignment
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *)
+function av_frame_get_buffer(frame: PAVFrame; align: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ *)
+function av_frame_is_writable(frame: PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ *)
+function av_frame_make_writable(frame: PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
+ *
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
+ *
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *)
+function av_frame_copy(dst: PAVFrame; src: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ *)
+function av_frame_copy_props(dst: PAVFrame; src: {const} PAVFrame): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ *)
+function av_frame_get_plane_buffer(frame: PAVFrame; plane: cint): PAVBufferRef;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ *)
+function av_frame_new_side_data(frame: PAVFrame;
+ type_: TAVFrameSideDataType;
+ size: cint): PAVFrameSideData;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ *)
+function av_frame_get_side_data(frame: {const} PAVFrame; type_: TAVFrameSideDataType): PAVFrameSideData;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
+ * from the frame.
+ *)
+procedure av_frame_remove_side_data(frame: PAVFrame; type_: TAVFrameSideDataType);
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type
+ *)
+function av_frame_side_data_name(type_: TAVFrameSideDataType): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__codec;
+
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/log.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/log.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0854c31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/log.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/log.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @file
+ * log
+ *)
+
+type
+ (* from opt.h *)
+ TAVOptionType = (
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS}
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128
+{$ELSE}
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = $53495A45, ///< MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), offset must point to two consecutive integers
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = $50464D54, ///< MKBETAG('P','F','M','T')
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = $53464D54, ///< MKBETAG('S','F','M','T')
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = $56524154 ///< MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), offset must point to TAVRational
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = $44555220, ///< MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = $434F4C52, ///< MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = $43484C41, ///< MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'),
+{$ENDIF}
+ );
+
+const
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM = 1; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM = 2; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA}
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA = 4; ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
+{$ENDIF}
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM = 8;
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM = 16;
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM = 32;
+ (**
+ * The option is inteded for exporting values to the caller.
+ *)
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT = 64;
+ (**
+ * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
+ * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
+ *)
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY = 128;
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM = 1 shl 16; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
+
+type
+ (**
+ * AVOption
+ *)
+ PAVOption = ^TAVOption;
+ TAVOption = record
+ name: {const} PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * short English help text
+ * @todo What about other languages?
+ *)
+ help: {const} PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+ * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+ *)
+ offset: cint;
+ type_: TAVOptionType;
+
+ (**
+ * the default value for scalar options
+ *)
+ default_val: record
+ case cint of
+ 0: (i64: cint64);
+ 1: (dbl: cdouble);
+ 2: (str: PAnsiChar);
+ (* TODO those are unused now *)
+ 3: (q: TAVRational);
+ end;
+ min: cdouble; ///< minimum valid value for the option
+ max: cdouble; ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+ flags: cint;
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+ (**
+ * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+ * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+ * unit. May be NULL.
+ *)
+ unit_: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ end;
+
+type
+ PAVClassCategory = ^TAVClassCategory;
+ TAVClassCategory = (
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
+ );
+
+(*
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
+
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
+*)
+
+// struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+ (**
+ * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
+ *)
+ PAVOptionRange = ^TAVOptionRange;
+ PPAVOptionRange = ^PAVOptionRange;
+ TAVOptionRange = record
+ str: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ (**
+ * Value range.
+ * For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
+ * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
+ *)
+ value_min, value_max: cdouble;
+ (**
+ * Value's component range.
+ * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
+ *)
+ component_min, component_max: cdouble;
+ (**
+ * Range flag.
+ * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
+ *)
+ is_range: cint;
+ end;
+
+ (**
+ * List of AVOptionRange structs.
+ *)
+ PAVOptionRanges = ^TAVOptionRanges;
+ PPAVOptionRanges = ^PAVOptionRanges;
+ TAVOptionRanges = record
+ (**
+ * Array of option ranges.
+ *
+ * Most of option types use just one component.
+ * Following describes multi-component option types:
+ *
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
+ * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
+ * component index 1: range of width.
+ * component index 2: range of height.
+ *
+ * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
+ * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
+ * av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
+ *
+ * Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * int range_index, component_index;
+ * AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+ * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
+ * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
+ * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
+ * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
+ * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
+ * //do something with range here.
+ * }
+ * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+ range: PPAVOptionRange;
+ (**
+ * Number of ranges per component.
+ *)
+ nb_ranges: cint;
+ (**
+ * Number of componentes.
+ *)
+ nb_components: cint;
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ *)
+ PAVClass = ^TAVClass;
+ TAVClass = record
+ (**
+ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+ *)
+ class_name: PAnsiChar;
+
+ (**
+ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+ * instance ctx associated with the class.
+ *)
+ item_name: function(ctx: pointer): PAnsiChar; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+ *
+ * @see av_set_default_options()
+ *)
+ option: PAVOption;
+
+ (**
+ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+ * version bumps everywhere.
+ *)
+ version: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+ * 0 means there is no such variable
+ *)
+ log_level_offset_offset: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+ * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+ * The offset can be NULL.
+ *)
+ parent_log_context_offset: cint;
+
+ (**
+ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ *)
+ child_next: function (obj: pointer; prev: pointer): pointer; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
+ * AVOptions-enabled child.
+ *
+ * The difference between child_next and this is that
+ * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
+ * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
+ *)
+ child_class_next: function (prev: {const} PAVClass): {const} PAVClass; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Category used for visualization (like color)
+ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+ *)
+ category: TAVClassCategory;
+
+ (**
+ * Callback to return the category.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+ *)
+ get_category: function (ctx: pointer): PAVClassCategory; cdecl;
+
+ (**
+ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+ * available since version (52.12)
+ *)
+ query_ranges: function (P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+end;
+
+const
+(**
+ * Print no output.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_QUIET = -8;
+
+(**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_PANIC = 0;
+
+(**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_FATAL = 8;
+
+(**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_ERROR = 16;
+
+(**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_WARNING = 24;
+
+(**
+ * Standard information.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_INFO = 32;
+
+(**
+ * Detailed information.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_VERBOSE = 40;
+
+(**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_DEBUG = 48;
+
+ AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET = (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET);
+
+(**
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
+ * @code
+ av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
+ @endcode
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
+ * recommended.
+ *)
+{** to be translated if needed
+ AV_LOG_C(x) (x << 8)
+**}
+
+(**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ *)
+{** to be translated if needed
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+**}
+
+type
+ va_list = pointer;
+
+(**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ *)
+procedure av_vlog(avcl: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; vl: va_list);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the current log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @return Current log level
+ *)
+function av_log_get_level(): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set the log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @param level Logging level
+ *)
+procedure av_log_set_level(level: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set the logging callback
+ *
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
+ * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
+ *
+ * @see av_log_default_callback
+ *
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
+ *)
+{** to be translated if needed
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+**}
+
+(**
+ * Default logging callback
+ *
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ *)
+{** to be translated if needed
+void av_log_default_callback(void* avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
+**}
+
+(**
+ * Return the context name
+ *
+ * @param ctx The AVClass context
+ *
+ * @return The AVClass class_name
+ *)
+function av_default_item_name(ctx: pointer): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_default_get_category(ptr: pointer): TAVClassCategory;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formated line
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ *)
+procedure av_log_format_line(ptr: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; vl: va_list;
+ line: PAnsiChar; line_size: cint; print_prefix: Pcint);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * av_dlog macros
+ * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
+ *)
+(** to be translated if needed
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#endif
+**)
+
+const
+(**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED = 1;
+
+(**
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
+ *
+ * Results in messages such as:
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
+ *)
+ AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL = 2;
+
+procedure av_log_set_flags(arg: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+function av_log_get_flags: cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mathematics.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mathematics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1025bbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mathematics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/mathematics.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+const
+ M_E = 2.7182818284590452354; // e
+ M_LN2 = 0.69314718055994530942; // log_e 2
+ M_LN10 = 2.30258509299404568402; // log_e 10
+ M_LOG2_10 = 3.32192809488736234787; // log_2 10
+ M_PHI = 1.61803398874989484820; // phi / golden ratio
+ M_PI = 3.14159265358979323846; // pi
+ M_PI_2 = 1.57079632679489661923; // pi/2
+ M_SQRT1_2 = 0.70710678118654752440; // 1/sqrt(2)
+ M_SQRT2 = 1.41421356237309504880; // sqrt(2)
+ NAN = $7fc00000;
+ INFINITY = $7f800000;
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * @
+ *)
+
+type
+ TAVRounding = (
+ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192 ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ * If both a or b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is
+ * undefined.
+ *)
+function av_gcd(a, b: cint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
+ *)
+function av_rescale (a, b, c: cint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
+ *
+ * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
+ * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
+ *)
+function av_rescale_rnd (a, b, c: cint64; d: TAVRounding): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *)
+function av_rescale_q (a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
+ * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
+ *)
+function av_rescale_q_rnd(a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational;
+ d: TAVRounding): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
+ * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
+ * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
+ *)
+function av_compare_ts(ts_a: cint64; tb_a: TAVRational; ts_b: cint64; tb_b: TAVRational): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
+ * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
+ * significant log2(mod) bits are known.
+ *
+ * @param mod must be a power of 2
+ * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
+ * a positiv value if a is greater than b
+ * 0 if a equals b
+ *)
+function av_compare_mod(a, b, modVar: cuint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * @param in_ts Input timestamp
+ * @param in_tb Input timebase
+ * @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase
+ * @param duration duration till the next call
+ * @param out_tb Output timebase
+ *)
+function av_rescale_delta(in_tb: TAVRational; in_ts: cint64; fs_tb: TAVRational; duration: cint; last: Pcint64; out_tb: TAVRational): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Add a value to a timestamp.
+ *
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
+ *
+ * @param ts Input timestamp
+ * @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase
+ * @param inc value to add to ts
+ * @param inc_tb inc timebase
+ *)
+function av_add_stable(ts_tb: TAVRational; ts: cint64; inc_tb: TAVRational; inc: cint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mem.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mem.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43a38e4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/mem.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/mem.h
+ * avutil version 52.66.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ *)
+
+(* memory handling functions *)
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ *)
+function av_malloc(size: size_t): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_malloc().
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ *)
+function av_malloc_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1, 2)}
+// Note: defined in avutil.pas
+
+(**
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_realloc() or NULL.
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated.
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
+ * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
+ * not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
+ * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
+ * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
+ * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
+ * some libc implementations.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ *)
+function av_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: size_t): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_alloc_size(2)}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
+ * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
+ * integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ * leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
+ *)
+function av_realloc_f(ptr: pointer; nelem: size_t; elsize: size_t): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * If *ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ * with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
+ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
+ * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
+ * not be passed to av_reallocp(). The former can be implemented using
+ * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
+ * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
+ * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
+ * some libc implementations.
+ *)
+function av_reallocp(ptr: pointer; elsize: size_t): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate or reallocate an array.
+ * If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_realloc() or NULL.
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
+ * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
+ * not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
+ * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
+ * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
+ * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
+ * some libc implementations.
+ *)
+function av_realloc_array(ptr: pointer; nmemb, size: size_t): pointer; {av_alloc_size(2, 3)}
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate or reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
+ * If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ * with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
+ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
+ * @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
+ * not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
+ * memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
+ * pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
+ * The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
+ * some libc implementations.
+ *)
+function av_reallocp_array(ptr: pointer; nmemb, size: size_t): cint; {av_alloc_size(2, 3)}
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * av_realloc().
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ *)
+procedure av_free(ptr: pointer);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
+ * zeroes all the bytes of the block.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ *)
+function av_mallocz(size: size_t): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
+ * zero all the bytes of the block.
+ * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
+ * to INT_MAX.
+ * @param nmemb
+ * @param size
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
+ *)
+function av_calloc(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_mallocz().
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ *)
+function av_mallocz_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1, 2)}
+// Note: defined in avutil.pas
+
+(**
+ * Duplicate the string s.
+ * @param s string to be duplicated.
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
+ *)
+function av_strdup({const} s: PAnsiChar): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib}
+
+(**
+ * Duplicate a substring of the string s.
+ * @param s string to be duplicated
+ * @param len the maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
+ * terminating byte).
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
+ *)
+function av_strndup({const} s: PAnsiChar; len: size_t): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib}
+
+(**
+ * Duplicate the buffer p.
+ * @param p buffer to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ * copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated.
+ *)
+function av_memdup({const} p: pointer; size: size_t): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
+ * be freed.
+ * @note passing a pointer to a NULL pointer is safe and leads to no action.
+ * @see av_free()
+ *)
+procedure av_freep (ptr: pointer);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
+ * *nb_ptr is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param elem element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ *)
+procedure av_dynarray_add(tab_ptr: pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem: pointer);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
+ *
+ * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param elem element to add
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise.
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ *)
+function av_dynarray_add_nofree(tab_ptr: pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem: pointer): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
+ * *nb_ptr is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array
+ * @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of
+ * the new added element is not filled.
+ * @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space.
+ * If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized."
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
+ *)
+function av_dynarray2_add(tab_ptr: Pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem_size: size_t;
+ {const} elem_data: Pcuint8): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
+ * @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
+ *)
+//static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
+{
+ size_t t = a * b;
+ /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
+ * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+ if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+ return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+ *r = t;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+(**
+ * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
+ *)
+procedure av_max_alloc(max: size_t);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
+ * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
+ *
+ * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
+ *)
+procedure av_memcpy_backptr(dst: Pcuint8; back: cint; cnt: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * @see av_realloc
+ *)
+procedure av_fast_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
+ * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
+ * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
+ * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
+ * *size 0 if an error occurred.
+ *)
+procedure av_fast_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/opt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/opt.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..485a9ff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/opt.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+(*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/opt.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS}
+(**
+ * Set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
+ * type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
+ * found
+ * @param alloc when 1 then the old value will be av_freed() and the
+ * new av_strduped()
+ * when 0 then no av_free() nor av_strdup() will be used
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ * @deprecated use av_opt_set()
+ *)
+function av_set_string3(obj: Pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; alloc: cint; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+
+function av_set_double(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: cdouble): PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+function av_set_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: TAVRational): PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+function av_set_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: cint64): PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+
+function av_get_double(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cdouble;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_get_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_get_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cint64;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_get_string(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_len: cint): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+function av_next_option(obj: pointer; last: {const} PAVOption): PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ *)
+function av_opt_show2(obj: pointer; av_log_obj: pointer; req_flags: cint; rej_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ *)
+procedure av_opt_set_defaults(s: pointer);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS}
+procedure av_opt_set_defaults2(s: Pointer; mask: cint; flags: cint);
+ cdecl; external av__util; deprecated;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+*)
+function av_set_options_string(ctx: pointer; opts: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
+ * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
+ * delimiter
+ * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
+ * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
+ * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
+ * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
+ * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
+ * found; after that, all options must be named
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ *
+ * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
+ * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
+ * other.
+ *)
+function av_opt_set_from_string(ctx: pointer; opts: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ shorthand: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Free all allocated objects in obj.
+ *)
+procedure av_opt_free(obj: pointer);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ *)
+function av_opt_flag_is_set(obj: pointer; field_name: {const} PAnsiChar; flag_name: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ *)
+function av_opt_set_dict(obj: pointer; var options: PAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ *)
+function av_opt_set_dict2(obj: pointer; var options: PAVDictionary; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
+ *
+ * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
+ * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
+ * or the final NUL)
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
+ * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
+ * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
+ *
+ *)
+function av_opt_get_key_value(ropts: {const} PPAnsiChar;
+ key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ flags: byte;
+ rkey, rval: PPAnsiChar): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+const
+ (**
+ * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
+ * as NULL.
+ *)
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ *)
+function av_opt_eval_flags (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; flags_out: Pcint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_eval_int (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; int_out: Pcint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_eval_int64 (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; int64_out: Pcint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_eval_float (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; float_out: Pcfloat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_eval_double(obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; double_out: Pcdouble): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_eval_q (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; q_out: PAVRational): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+
+const
+ AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN = 0001; (**< Search in possible children of the
+ given object first.*)
+(**
+ * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ * object.
+ *)
+ AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ = 0002;
+
+(**
+ * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
+ * one component for certain option types.
+ * @see AVOptionRanges for details.
+ *)
+ AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE = 1000;
+
+(**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ *)
+function av_opt_find(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; unit_: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ opt_flags: cint; search_flags: cint): PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ *)
+function av_opt_find2(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; unit_: {const} PAnsiChar;
+ opt_flags: cint; search_flags: cint; out target_obj: pointer): {const} PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ * AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ * or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ *)
+function av_opt_next(obj: pointer; prev: {const} PAVOption): {const} PAVOption;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ *)
+function av_opt_child_next(obj: pointer; prev: pointer): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ *)
+function av_opt_child_class_next(parent: {const} PAVClass; prev: {const} PAVClass): {const} PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ *)
+function av_opt_set (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: cint64; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_double (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: cdouble; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: TAVRational; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_bin (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} cuint8; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_image_size(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; w, h, search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: TAVPixelFormat; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_sample_fmt(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: TAVSampleFormat; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_video_rate(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: TAVRational; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_set_channel_layout(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; ch_layout: cint64; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
+ * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
+ *)
+function av_opt_set_dict_val(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAVDictionary; search_flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Set a binary option to an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param name name of the binary option
+ * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
+ * regard to the contents of the list)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param flags search flags
+ *)
+{to be translated
+#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
+ (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
+ AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
+ av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
+ av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
+}
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ *)
+(**
+ * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ *)
+function av_opt_get (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out out_val: Pcuint8): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: Pcint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_double (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: Pcdouble): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: PAVRational): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_image_size(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; w_out, h_out: Pcint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_fmt: PAVPixelFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_sample_fmt(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_fmt: PAVPixelFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_video_rate(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: PAVRational): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+function av_opt_get_channel_layout(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; ch_layout: Pcint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+(**
+ * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
+ * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
+ *)
+function av_opt_get_dict_val (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out out_val: PAVDictionary): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
+(**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ * or written to.
+ *)
+function av_opt_ptr(avclass: {const} PAVClass; obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar): pointer;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
+ *)
+procedure av_opt_freep_ranges(ranges: PPAVOptionRanges);
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ *)
+function av_opt_query_ranges(P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+function av_opt_copy(dest: pointer;src: pointer): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
+ * and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ *)
+function av_opt_query_ranges_default(P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @
+ *)
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/pixfmt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/pixfmt.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0539c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/pixfmt.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/pixfmt.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * @file
+ * Pixel format
+ *)
+
+const
+ AVPALETTE_SIZE = 1024;
+ AVPALETTE_COUNT = 256;
+
+type
+(**
+ * Pixel format. Notes:
+ *
+ * @note
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Make sure that all newly added big-endian formats have (pix_fmt & 1) == 1
+ * and that all newly added little-endian formats have (pix_fmt & 1) == 0.
+ * This allows simpler detection of big vs little-endian.
+ *)
+
+ PAVPixelFormat = ^TAVPixelFormat;
+ TAVPixelFormat = (
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+{$IFDEF FF_API_XVMC}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
+ {$define AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC := (AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT)}
+{$ENDIF}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+{$IFDEF FF_API_VDPAU}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+{$ENDIF}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+{$IFDEF FF_API_VDPAU}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+{$ENDIF}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
+(* see const declaration way down
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+*)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ (**
+ * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
+ * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
+ * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
+ *)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
+
+{$IFDEF AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+{$ENDIF}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+ (**
+ * duplicated pixel formats for compatibility with libav.
+ * FFmpeg supports these formats since May 8 2012 and Jan 28 2012 (commits f9ca1ac7 and 143a5c55)
+ * Libav added them Oct 12 2012 with incompatible values (commit 6d5600e85)
+ *)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+
+ (**
+ * duplicated pixel formats for compatibility with libav.
+ * FFmpeg supports these formats since Sat Sep 24 06:01:45 2011 +0200 (commits 9569a3c9f41387a8c7d1ce97d8693520477a66c3)
+ * also see Fri Nov 25 01:38:21 2011 +0100 92afb431621c79155fcb7171d26f137eb1bee028
+ * Libav added them Sun Mar 16 23:05:47 2014 +0100 with incompatible values (commit 1481d24c3a0abf81e1d7a514547bd5305232be30)
+ *)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE_LIBAV, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE_LIBAV, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE_LIBAV, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE_LIBAV, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (little-endian)
+
+
+{$IFNDEF AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE = $123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+{$ENDIF}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB = $123 + 4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+{$ifndef FF_API_XVMC}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC, ///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+{$endif}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+ );
+
+{$IFDEF AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI}
+const
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE_LIBAV;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE_LIBAV;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE_LIBAV;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE_LIBAV;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+const
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8; ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8; ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP;
+
+{$IFDEF WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14= AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 = AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 = AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE;
+
+{$ELSE}
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14= AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE;
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 = AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE;
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 = AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_PIX_FMT}
+type
+ TPixelFormat = TAVPixelFormat;
+
+const
+ PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A;
+ PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P;
+
+ PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32;
+ PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1;
+ PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32;
+ PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1;
+ PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32;
+ PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32;
+
+ PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16;
+ PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48;
+ PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565;
+ PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555;
+ PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444;
+ PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48;
+ PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565;
+ PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555;
+ PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444;
+
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16;
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16;
+
+ PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64;
+ PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64;
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9;
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10;
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12;
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14;
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+type
+(**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ *)
+ TAVColorPrimaries = (
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
+ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ *)
+ TAVColorTransferCharacteristic = (
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
+ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+(**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ *)
+ TAVColorSpace = (
+ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7,
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+const
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG;
+
+type
+(**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ *)
+ TAVColorRange = (
+ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
+ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
+ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
+
+(**
+ * Location of chroma samples.
+ *
+ * X X 3 4 X X are luma samples,
+ * 1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ * X X 5 6 X 0 is undefined/unknown position
+ *)
+ TAVChromaLocation = (
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< DV
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+ );
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/samplefmt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/samplefmt.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5d5bb03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/libavutil/samplefmt.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+(*
+ * SampleFormat
+ * copyright (c) 2011 Karl-Michael Schindler <karl-michael.schindler@web.de>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/samplefmt.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+type
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
+ * @
+ *
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ *
+ *)
+ TAVSampleFormat = (
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+ );
+ TAVSampleFormatArray = array [0 .. MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVSampleFormat) - 1] of TAVSampleFormat;
+ PAVSampleFormatArray = ^TAVSampleFormatArray;
+
+(**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ *)
+function av_get_sample_fmt_name(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): {const} PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ *)
+function av_get_sample_fmt(name: {const} PAnsiChar): TAVSampleFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ *)
+function av_get_alt_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; planar: cint): TAVSampleFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ *)
+function av_get_packed_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): TAVSampleFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ *)
+function av_get_planar_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): TAVSampleFormat;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ *)
+function av_get_sample_fmt_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ *)
+function av_get_bytes_per_sample(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+type
+ OctArrayOfPcuint8 = array[0..7] of Pcuint8;
+ OctArrayOfcint = array[0..7] of cint;
+
+(**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ *)
+function av_sample_fmt_is_planar(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ *)
+function av_samples_get_buffer_size(linesize: Pcint; nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint;
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * @
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
+ *
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
+ * @
+ *)
+
+(**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
+ * of success at the next bump
+ *)
+function av_samples_fill_arrays(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint;
+ buf: Pcuint8;
+ nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint;
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ *)
+function av_samples_alloc(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint;
+ nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint;
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ *)
+function av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint;
+ nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint;
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ *)
+function av_samples_copy(var dst: Pcuint8; src: {const} Pcuint8; dst_offset: cint;
+ src_offset: cint; nb_samples: cint; nb_channels: cint;
+ sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ *)
+function av_samples_set_silence(var audio_data: Pcuint8; offset: cint; nb_samples: cint;
+ nb_channels: cint; sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/rational.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/rational.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35ade835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/rational.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+(*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/rational.h
+ * avutil version 54.7.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit rational;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI}
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ UConfig;
+
+(**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ *)
+
+type
+(**
+ * rational number numerator/denominator
+ *)
+ PAVRational = ^TAVRational;
+ TAVRational = record
+ num: cint; ///< numerator
+ den: cint; ///< denominator
+ end;
+
+ TAVRationalArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVRational))-1] of TAVRational;
+ PAVRationalArray = ^TAVRationalArray;
+
+(**
+ * Create a rational.
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ */
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
+{
+ AVRational r = { num, den };
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**)
+
+(**
+ * Create a rational.
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ *)
+function av_make_q(num, den: cint): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ * @param a first rational
+ * @param b second rational
+ * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the
+ * values is of the form 0/0
+ *)
+function av_cmp_q(a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Convert rational to double.
+ * @param a rational to convert
+ * @return (double) a
+ *)
+function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ * @param dst_num destination numerator
+ * @param dst_den destination denominator
+ * @param num source numerator
+ * @param den source denominator
+ * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
+ * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
+ *)
+function av_reduce(dst_num: PCint; dst_den: PCint; num: cint64; den: cint64; max: cint64): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ *)
+function av_mul_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ *)
+function av_div_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ *)
+function av_add_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ *)
+function av_sub_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ *)
+function av_inv_q(q: TAVRational): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d double to convert
+ * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return (AVRational) d
+ *)
+function av_d2q(d: cdouble; max: cint): TAVRational;
+ cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
+ * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
+ *)
+function av_nearer_q(q, q1, q2: TAVRational): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
+ * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
+ * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
+ *)
+function av_find_nearest_q_idx(q: TAVRational; q_list: {const} PAVRationalArray): cint;
+ cdecl; external av__util;
+
+implementation
+
+function av_cmp_q (a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+var
+ tmp: cint64;
+begin
+ tmp := a.num * cint64(b.den) - b.num * cint64(a.den);
+
+{ old version
+ if (tmp <> 0) then
+ Result := (tmp shr 63) or 1
+ else
+ Result := 0;
+}
+{ C original:
+ if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+ else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+ else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+ else return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+ if tmp <> 0 then
+ Result := ((tmp xor a.den xor b.den) shr 63) or 1
+ else if (b.den and a.den) <> 0 then
+ Result := 0
+ else if (a.num and b.num) <> 0 then
+ Result := (a.num shr 31) - (b.num shr 31)
+ else
+ Result := low(cint);
+
+end;
+
+function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result := a.num / a.den;
+end;
+
+function av_inv_q(q: TAVRational): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result.num := q.den;
+ Result.den := q.num;
+end;
+
+function av_make_q(num, den: cint): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result.num := num;
+ Result.den := den;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swresample.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swresample.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92a14ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swresample.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ * in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of
+ *
+ * libswresample/swresample.h:
+ * version: 0.18.100
+ *
+ *)
+
+
+unit swresample;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI}
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ {$linklib swresample}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ rational,
+ {$IFDEF UNIX}
+ BaseUnix,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ UConfig;
+
+const
+ (*
+ * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+ * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+ * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+ * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+ * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+ * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+ * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+ * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+ *
+ * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+ * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+ * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+ * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+ *
+ * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+ * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+ * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+ * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+ * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+ * fix.
+ *)
+
+ (* Supported version by this header *)
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 1;
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 1;
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100;
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION = (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 1;
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 1;
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100;
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION = (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION < LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswresample is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* Check if linked version is supported *)
+{$IF (LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION > LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswresample is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1}
+ SWR_CH_MAX = 32; (* < Maximum number of channels *)
+{$ENDIF}
+ SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE = 1; (* < Force resampling even if equal sample rate *)
+
+type
+(** Dithering algorithms *)
+ TSwrDitherType = (
+ SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0,
+ SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR,
+ SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR,
+ SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS,
+
+ SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, (* < not part of API/ABI *)
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NB (* < not part of API/ABI *)
+ );
+
+(** Resampling Engines *)
+ TSwrEngine = (
+ SWR_ENGINE_SWR, (* < SW Resampler *)
+ SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, (* < SoX Resampler *)
+ SWR_ENGINE_NB (* < not part of API/ABI *)
+ );
+
+(** Resampling Filter Types *)
+ TSwrFilterType = (
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, (* < Cubic *)
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, (* < Blackman Nuttall Windowed Sinc *)
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER (* < Kaiser Windowed Sinc *)
+ );
+
+(**
+ * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure
+ * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use
+ * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the
+ * structure.
+ *)
+ PPSwrContext= ^PSwrContext;
+ PSwrContext = ^TSwrContext;
+ TSwrContext = record
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVClass for swrContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function swr_get_class(): PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate SwrContext.
+ *
+ * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
+ * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init().
+ *
+ * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
+ *)
+function swr_alloc(): PSwrContext;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_set_int()
+ * @see av_opt_set_dict()
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize
+ * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ *)
+function swr_init(s: PSwrContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not.
+ *
+ * @param[in] s Swr context to check
+ * @see swr_init()
+ * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized
+ *)
+function swr_is_initialized(s: PSwrContext): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
+ *
+ * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
+ * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
+ * on the allocated context.
+ *
+ * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not
+ * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param log_offset logging level offset
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @see swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
+ *)
+function swr_alloc_set_opts(s: PSwrContext;
+ out_ch_layout: cint64; out_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; out_sample_rate: cint;
+ in_ch_layout: cint64; in_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; in_sample_rate: cint;
+ log_offset: cint; log_ctx: pointer): PSwrContext;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
+ *
+ * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context
+ *)
+procedure swr_free(s: PPSwrContext);
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0.
+ *
+ * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(),
+ * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close().
+ * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase
+ * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed
+ *)
+procedure swr_close(s: PSwrContext);
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Convert audio.
+ *
+ * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
+ * end.
+ *
+ * If more input is provided than output space then the input will be buffered.
+ * You can avoid this buffering by providing more output space than input.
+ * Convertion will run directly without copying whenever possible.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
+ * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
+ * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
+ * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
+ * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
+ *
+ * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error
+ *)
+function swr_convert(s: PSwrContext; var out_: PByte; out_count: cint;
+ var in_: {const} PByte; in_count: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Convert the next timestamp from input to output
+ * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units.
+ *
+ * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes.
+ * First is when automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX)
+ * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated
+ * Second is when automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX)
+ * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers
+ *
+ * @param pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown
+ * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample
+ *)
+function swr_next_pts(s: PSwrContext; pts: cint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is
+ * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts().
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized,
+ * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is
+ * called with the flag set.
+ * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample
+ * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for
+ * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if:
+ * @li @c s is NULL,
+ * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0,
+ * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not,
+ * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or
+ * @li swr_init() fails when called.
+ *)
+function swr_set_compensation(s: PSwrContext; sample_delta: cint; compensation_distance: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Set a customized input channel mapping.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
+ * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
+ * indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ *)
+function swr_set_channel_mapping(s: PSwrContext; {const} channel_map: pcint): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Set a customized remix matrix.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
+ * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
+ * the weight of input channel i in output channel o
+ * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ *)
+function swr_set_matrix(s: PSwrContext; {const} matrix: pcdouble; stride: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Drops the specified number of output samples.
+ *
+ * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts()
+ * if needed for "hard" compensation.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context
+ * @param count number of samples to be dropped
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *)
+function swr_drop_output(s: PSwrContext; count: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Injects the specified number of silence samples.
+ *
+ * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts()
+ * if needed for "hard" compensation.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context
+ * @param count number of samples to be dropped
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *)
+function swr_inject_silence(s: PSwrContext; count: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample.
+ *
+ * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available
+ * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay.
+ * This function returns the sum of all such delays.
+ * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or
+ * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the
+ * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly
+ * for upsampling and the input sample rate.
+ *
+ * @param s swr context
+ * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be:
+ * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds
+ * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds
+ * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned
+ * delay is in input samples
+ * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned
+ * delay is in output samples
+ * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and
+ * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be
+ * returned
+ * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units.
+ *)
+function swr_get_delay(s: PSwrContext; base: cint64): cint64;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *
+ * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version
+ * as the run-time one.
+ *
+ * @returns the unsigned int-typed version
+ *)
+function swresample_version(): cuint;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Return the swr build-time configuration.
+ *
+ * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags
+ *)
+function swresample_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+(**
+ * Return the swr license.
+ *
+ * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time
+ *)
+function swresample_license(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external swresample;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swscale.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swscale.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e50cde16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.6/swscale.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
+(*
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * FFmpeg Pascal port
+ * - Ported by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libswscale/swscale.h
+ * version: 3.0.100
+ *)
+
+unit swscale;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI }
+ {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+ {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+ {$MACRO ON} (* Turn macro support on *)
+{$ELSE}
+ {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc} (* for ffmpeg defines *)
+{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *)
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ {$linklib libswscale}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+ ctypes,
+ avutil,
+ avcodec,
+ UConfig;
+
+const
+(*
+ * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+ * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+ * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+ * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+ * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+ * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+ * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+ * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+ *
+ * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+ * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+ * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+ * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+ *
+ * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+ * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+ * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+ * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+ * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+ * fix.
+ *)
+
+ (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+ LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 3;
+ LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 1;
+ LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 101;
+ LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION = (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION > LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION)}
+ {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswscale is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+ TQuadCintArray = array[0..3] of cint;
+ PQuadCintArray = ^TQuadCintArray;
+ TCintArray = array[0..0] of cint;
+ PCintArray = ^TCintArray;
+ TPCuint8Array = array[0..0] of PCuint8;
+ PPCuint8Array = ^TPCuint8Array;
+
+(* libswscale/version.h start *)
+
+(**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *)
+{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT}
+{$define FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS}
+{$define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)}
+{$endif}
+{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME}
+{$define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)}
+{$endif}
+
+(* libswscale/version.h end *)
+
+(**
+ * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function swscale_version(): cuint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function swscale_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libswscale license.
+ *)
+function swscale_license(): PAnsiChar;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+const
+ (* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different *)
+ SWS_FAST_BILINEAR = 1;
+ SWS_BILINEAR = 2;
+ SWS_BICUBIC = 4;
+ SWS_X = 8;
+ SWS_POINT = $10;
+ SWS_AREA = $20;
+ SWS_BICUBLIN = $40;
+ SWS_GAUSS = $80;
+ SWS_SINC = $100;
+ SWS_LANCZOS = $200;
+ SWS_SPLINE = $400;
+
+ SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK = $30000;
+ SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT = 16;
+
+ SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT = 123456;
+
+ SWS_PRINT_INFO = $1000;
+
+ // the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
+ // internal chrominace subsampling info
+ SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT = $2000;
+ // input subsampling info
+ SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP = $4000;
+ SWS_DIRECT_BGR = $8000;
+ SWS_ACCURATE_RND = $40000;
+ SWS_BITEXACT = $80000;
+
+{$IFDEF FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS}
+(**
+ * CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags
+ * are only provided for API compatibility.
+ *)
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX = $80000000;
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMXEXT = $20000000;
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 = $20000000;
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW = $40000000;
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC = $10000000;
+{$IFDEF FF_API_ARCH_BFIN}
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN = $01000000;
+{$IFEND}
+ SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2 = $02000000;
+{$IFEND}
+
+ SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF = 0.002;
+
+ SWS_CS_ITU709 = 1;
+ SWS_CS_FCC = 4;
+ SWS_CS_ITU601 = 5;
+ SWS_CS_ITU624 = 5;
+ SWS_CS_SMPTE170M = 5;
+ SWS_CS_SMPTE240M = 7;
+ SWS_CS_DEFAULT = 5;
+
+(**
+ * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
+ * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ *
+ * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
+ * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
+ *)
+function sws_getCoefficients(colorspace: cint): Pcint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+type
+
+ // when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
+ // coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
+ PSwsVector = ^TSwsVector;
+ TSwsVector = record
+ coeff: PCdouble; // pointer to the list of coefficients
+ length: cint; // number of coefficients in the vector
+ end;
+
+ // vectors can be shared
+ PSwsFilter = ^TSwsFilter;
+ TSwsFilter = record
+ lumH: PSwsVector;
+ lumV: PSwsVector;
+ chrH: PSwsVector;
+ chrV: PSwsVector;
+ end;
+
+ PSwsContext = ^TSwsContext;
+ TSwsContext = record
+ {internal structure}
+ end;
+
+(**
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ *)
+function sws_isSupportedInput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ *)
+function sws_isSupportedOutput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is
+ * supported, 0 otherwise.
+ *)
+function sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
+ * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
+ * sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ *)
+function sws_alloc_context(): PSwsContext;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
+ *
+ * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
+ * error
+ *)
+function sws_init_context(sws_context: PSwsContext; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; dstFilter: PSwsFilter): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Free the swscaler context swsContext.
+ * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
+ *)
+procedure sws_freeContext(swsContext: PSwsContext);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and return a SwsContext. You need it to perform
+ * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
+ *
+ * @param srcW the width of the source image
+ * @param srcH the height of the source image
+ * @param srcFormat the source image format
+ * @param dstW the width of the destination image
+ * @param dstH the height of the destination image
+ * @param dstFormat the destination image format
+ * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
+ * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
+ * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
+ * written
+ *)
+function sws_getContext(srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+ dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+ flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter;
+ dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: {const} PCdouble): PSwsContext;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
+ * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
+ * rows in an image.
+ *
+ * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
+ * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
+ * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param c the scaling context previously created with
+ * sws_getContext()
+ * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ * the source slice
+ * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ * the source image
+ * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
+ * process, that is the number (counted starting from
+ * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
+ * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
+ * of rows in the slice
+ * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ * the destination image
+ * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ * the destination image
+ * @return the height of the output slice
+ *)
+function sws_scale(c: PSwsContext; {const} srcSlice: PPCuint8Array;
+ {const} srcStride: PCintArray; srcSliceY: cint; srcSliceH: cint;
+ {const} dst: PPCuint8Array; {const} dstStride: PCintArray): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
+ * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
+ * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction
+ * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction
+ * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction
+ * @return -1 if not supported
+ *)
+function sws_setColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; inv_table: PQuadCintArray;
+ srcRange: cint; table: PQuadCintArray; dstRange: cint;
+ brightness: cint; contrast: cint; saturation: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * @return -1 if not supported
+ *)
+function sws_getColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; var inv_table: PQuadCintArray;
+ var srcRange: cint; var table: PQuadCintArray; var dstRange: cint;
+ var brightness: cint; var contrast: cint; var saturation: cint): cint;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
+ *)
+function sws_allocVec(length: cint): PSwsVector;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
+ * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
+ *)
+function sws_getGaussianVec(variance: cdouble; quality: cdouble): PSwsVector;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all
+ * with the same value c.
+ *)
+function sws_getConstVec(c: cdouble; length: cint): PSwsVector;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with
+ * value 1.0.
+ *)
+function sws_getIdentityVec: PSwsVector;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
+ *)
+procedure sws_scaleVec(a: PSwsVector; scalar: cdouble);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
+ *)
+procedure sws_normalizeVec(a: PSwsVector; height: cdouble);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_convVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_addVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_subVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_shiftVec(a: PSwsVector; shift: cint);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
+ * with the same coefficients as a.
+ *)
+function sws_cloneVec(a: PSwsVector): PSwsVector;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
+ * if log_level <= av_log_level.
+ *)
+procedure sws_printVec2(a: PSwsVector;
+ log_ctx: PAVClass; // PAVClass is declared in avcodec.pas
+ log_level: cint);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_freeVec(a: PSwsVector);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+function sws_getDefaultFilter(lumaGBlur: cfloat; chromaGBlur: cfloat;
+ lumaSharpen: cfloat; chromaSharpen: cfloat;
+ chromaHShift: cfloat; chromaVShift: cfloat;
+ verbose: cint): PSwsFilter;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_freeFilter(filter: PSwsFilter);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocates a new one.
+ *
+ * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
+ * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
+ * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
+ * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
+ * the new parameters.
+ *
+ * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
+ * are assumed to remain the same.
+ *)
+function sws_getCachedContext(context: PSwsContext;
+ srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+ dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+ flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter;
+ dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: PCdouble): PSwsContext;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Convert an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32-bits.
+ *
+ * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
+ *
+ * @param src source frame buffer
+ * @param dst destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ *)
+procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32({const} src: PPCuint8Array;
+ dst: PPCuint8Array;
+ num_pixels: cint;
+ {const} palette: PPCuint8Array);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Convert an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
+ *
+ * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
+ *
+ * @param src source frame buffer
+ * @param dst destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ *)
+procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24({const} src: PPCuint8Array;
+ dst: PPCuint8Array;
+ num_pixels: cint;
+ {const} palette: PPCuint8Array);
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *)
+function sws_get_class(): {const} PAVClass;
+ cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-05-19 04:44:57 +0000